[1] Νέρωνι δ' ὡς ἠγγέλη τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν πταίσματα, λεληθυῖα μὲν ὡς εἰκὸς ἔκπληξις ἐμπίπτει καὶ δέος, φανερῶς δὲ ὑπερηφάνει καὶ προσωργίζετο, [2] στρατηγῶν μὲν ῥᾳστώνῃ μᾶλλον ἢ ταῖς τῶν πολεμίων ἀρεταῖς γεγονέναι τὰ συμβάντα λέγων, πρέπειν δ' ἡγούμενος ἑαυτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄγκον τῆς ἡγεμονίας κατασοβαρεύεσθαι τῶν σκυθρωπῶν καὶ δοκεῖν δεινοῦ παντὸς ἐπάνω τὴν ψυχὴν ἔχειν.

001 When Nero was told of the disaster in Judea, privately he felt insecure and anxious, as was natural, but openly he swaggered and was furious. 002 He attributed the debacle rather to the officers' incompetence than to any bravery on the part of the enemy, and thought that the one who bore the burden of empire should scorn such setbacks and appear to have a soul superior to all things.

= = =

[3] Διηλέγχετό γε μὴν ὁ τῆς ψυχῆς θόρυβος ὑπὸ τῶν φροντίδων σκεπτομένου τίνι πιστεύσει κινουμένην τὴν ἀνατολήν, ὃς τιμωρήσεται μὲν τὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐπανάστασιν, προκαταλήψεται δ' αὐτοῖς ἤδη καὶ τὰ πέριξ ἔθνη συννοσοῦντα. [4] Μόνον εὑρίσκει Οὐεσπασιανὸν ταῖς χρείαις ἀναλογοῦντα καὶ τηλικούτου πολέμου μέγεθος ἀναδέξασθαι δυνάμενον, ἄνδρα ταῖς ἀπὸ νεότητος στρατείαις ἐγγεγηρακότα καὶ προειρηνεύσαντα μὲν πάλαι Ῥωμαίοις τὴν ἑσπέραν ὑπὸ Γερμανῶν ταρασσομένην, προσκτησάμενον δὲ τοῖς ὅπλοις Βρεττανίαν τέως λανθάνουσαν, [5] ὅθεν αὐτοῦ καὶ τῷ πατρὶ Κλαυδίῳ παρέσχε χωρὶς ἱδρῶτος ἰδίου θρίαμβον καταγαγεῖν.

003 Yet the disturbance in his soul was quite apparent as he pondered whom to send to deal with the upheaval in the East, and who could quell the rebellion of the Jews and prevent the disease from infecting the neighbouring nations. 004 The only one he found capable of taking on so difficult a war was Vespasian, a man of experience who had been involved in soldiering from his youth, and who had already pacified the west under Roman rule, when it was convulsed by the Germans. 005 By his military skill he had also won for them Britain, a place little known before, winning a triumph for his father, Claudius, without any effort on the latter's part.

= = =

[6] Ταῦτά τε δὴ προκλῃδονιζόμενος καὶ σταθερὰν μετ' ἐμπειρίας τὴν ἡλικίαν ὁρῶν, μέγα δὲ πίστεως αὐτοῦ τοὺς υἱοὺς ὅμηρον καὶ τὰς τούτων ἀκμὰς χεῖρα τῆς πατρῴας συνέσεως, τάχα τι καὶ περὶ τῶν ὅλων ἤδη τοῦ θεοῦ προοικονομουμένου, [7] πέμπει τὸν ἄνδρα ληψόμενον τὴν ἡγεμονίαν τῶν ἐπὶ Συρίας στρατευμάτων, πολλὰ πρὸς τὸ ἐπεῖγον οἷα κελεύουσιν αἱ ἀνάγκαι μειλιξάμενός τε καὶ προθεραπεύσας. [8] Ὁ δ' ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀχαίας, ἔνθα συνῆν τῷ Νέρωνι, τὸν μὲν υἱὸν Τίτον ἀπέστειλεν ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας τὸ πέμπτον καὶ δέκατον ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστήσοντα τάγμα, περάσας δ' αὐτὸς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον πεζὸς εἰς Συρίαν ἀφικνεῖται κἀκεῖ τάς τε Ῥωμαικὰς δυνάμεις συνήγαγε καὶ συχνοὺς παρὰ τῶν γειτνιώντων βασιλέων συμμάχους.

006 Nero saw these as good omens feeling that Vespasian's age and experience made him reliable, and was even more confident on account of his sons, whose youth would make them fit agents to be guided by their father's prudence. Perhaps also there was an influence of Providence, 007 which was paving the way for Vespasian himself to later become emperor. This was the man he sent to command the armies in Syria, not without the greatest praise and flattery as was required the crisis, in order to persuade him into acceptance. 008 Vespasian sent his son Titus from Achaia, where he had been in Nero's company, to Alexandria, to bring back from there the fifth and tenth legions, while he himself, after crossing the Hellespont, marched overland into Syria, where he gathered the Roman forces and a large number of allies from the kings in that region.

Chapter 02. [009-034]
Slaughter about Ascalon. Vespasian comes to Ptolemais.

[9] Ἰουδαῖοι δὲ μετὰ τὴν Κεστίου πληγὴν ἐπηρμένοι ταῖς ἀδοκήτοις εὐπραγίαις ἀκρατεῖς ἦσαν ὁρμῆς καὶ ὥσπερ ἐκριπιζόμενοι τῇ τύχῃ προσωτέρω τὸν πόλεμον ἐξῆγον: πᾶν γοῦν εὐθέως ὅσον ἦν μαχιμώτατον αὐτοῖς ἀθροισθέντες ὥρμησαν ἐπ' Ἀσκάλωνα. [10] Πόλις ἐστὶν ἀρχαία τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων εἴκοσι πρὸς τοῖς πεντακοσίοις ἀπέχουσα σταδίους ἀεὶ διὰ μίσους Ἰουδαίοις γεγενημένη, διὸ καὶ τότε ταῖς πρώταις ὁρμαῖς ἐγγίων ἔδοξεν. [11] Ἐξηγοῦντο δὲ τῆς καταδρομῆς τρεῖς ἄνδρες ἀλκήν τε κορυφαῖοι καὶ συνέσει, Νίγερ τε ὁ Περαίτης καὶ ὁ Βαβυλώνιος Σίλας, πρὸς οἷς Ἰωάννης ὁ Ἐσσαῖος. [12] Ἡ δὲ Ἀσκάλων ἐτετείχιστο μὲν καρτερῶς, βοηθείας δὲ ἦν σχεδὸν ἔρημος: ἐφρουρεῖτο γὰρ ὑπό τε σπείρας πεζῶν καὶ ὑπὸ μιᾶς ἴλης ἱππέων, ἧς ἐπῆρχεν Ἀντώνιος.

009 After defeating Cestius, the Jews were so elated by their unexpected success that they could not restrain their impetuosity, but like people puffed up by their good fortune, carried the war further afield and soon gathered a large crowd of their hardiest men and marched on Ascalon. 010 This is an ancient city, five hundred and twenty furlongs from Jerusalem and was always hostile to the Jews, which is why despite its distance it seemed the place to make their first assault. 011 This mission was led by three men, their best both in strength and ability, Niger, called the Persite, Silas of Babylon and John the Essene. 012 Now Ascalon was strongly fortified, but was almost without defenders, having a garrison of just one cohort of infantry and a troop of cavalry, under the command of Antonius.

= = =

[13] Οἱ μὲν οὖν πολὺ ταῖς ὁρμαῖς συντονώτερον ὁδεύσαντες ὡς ἐγγύθεν ὡρμημένοι καὶ δὴ παρῆσαν: [14] ὁ δὲ Ἀντώνιος, οὐ γὰρ ἠγνόει μέλλουσαν ἔτι τὴν ἔφοδον αὐτῶν, προεξήγαγε τοὺς ἱππεῖς καὶ οὐδὲν οὔτε πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος οὔτε τὴν τόλμαν ὑποδείσας τῶν πολεμίων καρτερῶς τὰς πρώτας ὁρμὰς ἀνεδέξατο καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος ὠθουμένους ἀνέστειλεν. [15] Οἱ δὲ πρὸς ἐμπείρους πολέμων ἄπειροι καὶ πεζοὶ πρὸς ἱππεῖς, ἀσύντακτοί τε πρὸς ἡνωμένους καὶ πρὸς ὁπλίτας ἐξηρτυμένους εἰκαιότερον ὡπλισμένοι, θυμῷ τε πλέον ἢ βουλῇ στρατηγούμενοι πρὸς εὐπειθεῖς καὶ νεύματι πάντα πράττοντας ἀντιτασσόμενοι πονοῦσιν ῥᾳδίως: [16] ὡς γὰρ αὐτῶν ἅπαξ ἤδη συνεταράχθησαν αἱ πρῶται φάλαγγες, ὑπὸ τῆς ἵππου τρέπονται, καὶ τοῖς κατόπιν αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος βιαζομένοις περιπίπτοντες ἀλλήλων ἦσαν πολέμιοι, μέχρι πάντες ταῖς τῶν ἱππέων ἐμβολαῖς εἴξαντες ἐσκεδάσθησαν ἀνὰ πᾶν τὸ πεδίον: τὸ δὲ ἦν πολὺ καὶ πᾶν ἱππάσιμον. [17] Ὃ δὴ καὶ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις συνεργῆσαν πλεῖστον εἰργάσατο τῶν Ἰουδαίων φόνον: τούς τε γὰρ φεύγοντας αὐτῶν φθάνοντες ἐπέστρεφον καὶ τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ δρόμου συνειλουμένων διεκπαίοντες ἀπείρους ἀνῄρουν, ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλους ὅπῃ τρέποιντο κυκλούμενοι καὶ περιελαύνοντες κατηκόντιζον ῥᾳδίως. [18] Καὶ τοῖς μὲν Ἰουδαίοις τὸ ἴδιον πλῆθος ἐρημία παρὰ τὰς ἀμηχανίας κατεφαίνετο, Ῥωμαῖοι δὲ ἐν ταῖς εὐπραγίαις καίπερ ὄντες ὀλίγοι τῷ πολέμῳ καὶ περισσεύειν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ὑπελάμβανον. [19] Καὶ τῶν μὲν προσφιλονεικούντων τοῖς πταίσμασιν αἰδοῖ τε φυγῆς ταχείας καὶ μεταβολῆς ἐλπίδι, τῶν δὲ μὴ κοπιώντων ἐν οἷς εὐτύχουν, παρέτεινεν ἡ μάχη μέχρι δείλης, ἕως ἀνῃρέθησαν μὲν μύριοι τῶν Ἰουδαίων τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἄνδρες καὶ δύο τῶν ἡγεμόνων, Ἰωάννης τε καὶ Σίλας: [20] οἱ λοιποὶ δὲ τραυματίαι τὸ πλέον σὺν τῷ περιλειπομένῳ τῶν ἡγεμόνων Νίγερι τῆς Ἰδουμαίας εἰς πολίχνην τινά, Χάαλλις καλεῖται, συνέφυγον. [21] Ὀλίγοι δέ τινες καὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐπὶ τῆσδε τῆς παρατάξεως ἐτρώθησαν.

013 In their elation, the Jews marched faster than usual and, as though they had come just a little distance, rushed up very close to the city. 014 But Antonius was ready for their attack and had his cavalry drawn up in advance and fearing neither the enemy's numbers or daring, stoutly withstood their first attacks and beat them off when they rushed up to the very walls. 015 People unskilled in war fought people who were skilled in it and infantry against cavalry; a disorganised force against one that was united; men poorly armed, against well-armed men. The Jews, led more by rage than by sober counsel, were up against disciplined soldiers who at the slightest sign did exactly as they were told, so they were soon in trouble. 016 For as soon as their first ranks were shaken, they were turned round by the cavalry and those who came behind them crowding up to the wall met the weapons of their own side and they were their own enemies until they all had to yield to the cavalry attacks and were scattered across the wide plain, which suited the cavalry. 017 This suited the Romans and caused most of the Jewish losses, for they could outrun any who fled and turn them back and drive them together and run them through. So they killed them in large numbers, for others surrounded them and drove them before them wherever they turned, and easily shot them down. 018 The Jews, despite their numbers, felt deserted and inept, while the Romans, though few in numbers, had such success that they seemed the larger force. 019 One side, in their plight, battled hard to avoid the shame of fleeing too soon and hoping their fortunes would change, while the others were energised, buoyed up by success. So the fight went on until the evening, when ten thousand men of the Jews' side lay dead, including two of their generals, John and Silas. 020 Most of the rest were wounded, including their surviving general, Niger, who fled with them to a small city of Idumaea, called Chaallis. 021 A few of the Romans were also wounded in this battle.

= = =

[22] Οὐ μὴν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τηλικαύτῃ συμφορᾷ κατεστάλησαν τὰ φρονήματα, μᾶλλον δ' αὐτῶν τὸ πάθος ἤγειρε τὰς τόλμας, ὑπερορῶντές τε τοὺς ἐν ποσὶ νεκροὺς ἐδελεάζοντο τοῖς προτέροις κατορθώμασιν ἐπὶ πληγὴν δευτέραν. [23] Διαλιπόντες γοῦν οὐδ' ὅσον ἰάσασθαι τὰ τραύματα καὶ τὴν δύναμιν πᾶσαν ἐπισυλλέξαντες ὀργιλώτερον καὶ πολλῷ πλείους ἐπαλινδρόμουν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀσκάλωνα. [24] Παρείπετο δ' αὐτοῖς μετά τε τῆς ἀπειρίας καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πρὸς πόλεμον ἐλασσωμάτων ἡ προτέρα τύχη: [25] τοῦ γὰρ Ἀντωνίου τὰς παρόδους προλοχίσαντος ἀδόκητοι ταῖς ἐνέδραις ἐμπεσόντες καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἱππέων πρὶν εἰς μάχην συντάξασθαι κυκλωθέντες, πάλιν πίπτουσι μὲν ὑπὲρ ὀκτακισχιλίους, οἱ λοιποὶ δὲ πάντες ἔφυγον, σὺν οἷς καὶ Νίγερ, πολλὰ κατὰ τὴν φυγὴν εὐτολμίας ἐπιδειξάμενος ἔργα, συνελαύνονταί τε προσκειμένων τῶν πολεμίων εἴς τινα πύργον ὀχυρὸν κώμης Βελζεδὲκ καλουμένης. [26] Οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον ὡς μήτε τρίβοιντο περὶ τὸν πύργον ὄντα δυσάλωτον μήτε ζῶντα τὸν ἡγεμόνα καὶ γενναιότατον τῶν πολεμίων περιίδοιεν, ὑποπιμπρᾶσι τὸ τεῖχος. [27] Φλεγομένου δὲ τοῦ πύργου Ῥωμαῖοι μὲν ἀναχωροῦσι γεγηθότες ὡς διεφθαρμένου καὶ Νίγερος, ὁ δὲ εἰς τὸ μυχαίτατον τοῦ φρουρίου σπήλαιον καταπηδήσας ἐκ τοῦ πύργου διασώζεται, καὶ μεθ' ἡμέρας τρεῖς τοῖς μετ' ὀλοφυρμοῦ πρὸς κηδείαν αὐτὸν ἐρευνῶσιν ὑποφθέγγεται. [28] Προελθὼν δὲ χαρᾶς ἀνελπίστου πάντας ἐπλήρωσεν Ἰουδαίους ὡς προνοίᾳ θεοῦ σωθεὶς αὐτοῖς στρατηγὸς εἰς τὰ μέλλοντα.

022 Yet despite such a major disaster the spirits of the Jews were not broken, but their losses motivated them for other attempts. Ignoring the corpses under their feet, they were lured by their former success into a second destruction. 023 After resting for too short a while for their wounds to fully heal, they gathered their forces and atacked to Ascalon more furiously and in much greater numbers. 024 But the same lack of skill and other deficiencies in war led to the same result as before, 025 for Antony ambushed them in the passes they had to go through, where they fell into the trap and were surrounded by cavalry, before they could form a proper line, and upward of eight thousand of them were killed. All the rest fled including Niger, who even in his flight performed many bold exploits. But the enemy pressed hard on them and they were driven into a strong tower in a village called Bezedek. 026 Antony and his party, so as not to spend much time on this tower, which was hard to take, or let their commander and bravest man escape them, set fire to the wall. 027 As the tower was burning, the Romans left, happy to think that Niger was destroyed, but he saved his life by jumping from the tower into a cavity in its inmost recesses. Three days later his voice came from underground to his grieving friends who were searching for his body for burial. 028 His emergence filled all the Jews with joy, as though divine providence had preserved him for them as their future leader.

= = =

[29] Οὐεσπασιανὸς δὲ τὰς δυνάμεις ἀναλαβὼν ἐκ τῆς Ἀντιοχείας, ἣ μητρόπολίς ἐστι τῆς Συρίας, μεγέθους τε ἕνεκα καὶ τῆς ἄλλης εὐδαιμονίας τρίτον ἀδηρίτως ἐπὶ τῆς ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίοις οἰκουμένης ἔχουσα τόπον, ἔνθα μετὰ πάσης τῆς ἰδίας ἰσχύος ἐκδεχόμενον αὐτοῦ τὴν ἄφιξιν καὶ Ἀγρίππαν τὸν βασιλέα κατειλήφει, ἐπὶ Πτολεμαΐδος ἠπείγετο. [30] Καὶ κατὰ ταύτην ὑπαντῶσιν αὐτῷ τὴν πόλιν οἱ τῆς Γαλιλαίας Σέπφωριν νεμόμενοι πόλιν, μόνοι τῶν τῇδε εἰρηνικὰ φρονοῦντες: [31] οἳ καὶ τῆς ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίας καὶ τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἰσχύος οὐκ ἀπρονόητοι πρὶν ἀφικέσθαι Οὐεσπασιανὸν Καισεννίῳ Γάλλῳ πίστεις τε ἔδοσαν καὶ δεξιὰς ἔλαβον καὶ παρεδέξαντο φρουράν. [32] Τότε γε μὴν φιλοφρόνως ἐκδεξάμενοι τὸν ἡγεμόνα προθύμως σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ὑπέσχοντο κατὰ τῶν ὁμοφύλων συμμάχους: [33] οἷς ὁ στρατηγὸς ἀξιώσασι τέως πρὸς ἀσφάλειαν ἱππεῖς τε καὶ πεζοὺς παραδίδωσιν ὅσους ἀνθέξειν ταῖς καταδρομαῖς, εἴ τι Ἰουδαῖοι παρακινοῖεν, ὑπελάμβανον: [34] καὶ γὰρ οὐ μικρὸν ἐδόκει τὸ κινδύνευμα πρὸς τὸν μέλλοντα πόλεμον ἀφαιρεθῆναι τὴν Σέπφωριν, μεγίστην μὲν οὖσαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας πόλιν, ἐρυμνοτάτῳ δ' ἐπιτετειχισμένην χωρίῳ καὶ φρουρὰν ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους ἐσομένην.

029 Vespasian mustered his forces in the capital of Syria, Antioch, which in size and other aspects is surely the third city in the world of the Roman empire. Along with king Agrippa, who was waiting for his arrival with all his forces, he marched on to Ptolemais. 030 In this city he was met by the people of Sepphoris of Galilee, the only ones in that area who were in favour of peace. 031 Caring for their own safety, and being well aware of the power of the Romans, even before Vespasian's arrival they swore allegiance to Cestius Gallus and got his promise of security and had received a Roman garrison. 032 Now they also warmly welcomed the general himself, and readily promised him their allegiance against their own countrymen. 033 At their request, the general gave them for their security enough cavalry and infantry to withstand any attacks the Jews might make against them. 034 In the coming war there was considerable danger of Sepphoris being taken, since, as the largest city of Galilee and very well fortified, it could serve as a garrison for the whole nation.

Chapter 03. [035-058]
Description of the Land of Israel: Galilee, Samaria and Judea

[35] Δύο δ' οὔσας τὰς Γαλιλαίας, τήν τε ἄνω καὶ τὴν κάτω προσαγορευομένην, περιίσχει μὲν ἡ Φοινίκη τε καὶ Συρία, διορίζει δὲ ἀπὸ μὲν δύσεως ἡλίου Πτολεμαὶς τοῖς τῆς χώρας τέρμασι καὶ Κάρμηλος, τὸ πάλαι μὲν Γαλιλαίων, νῦν δὲ Τυρίων ὄρος: [36] ᾧ προσίσχει Γαβαά, πόλις ἱππέων, οὕτω προσαγορευομένη διὰ τὸ τοὺς ὑφ' Ἡρώδου βασιλέως ἀπολυομένους ἱππεῖς ἐν αὐτῇ κατοικεῖν: [37] ἀπὸ δὲ μεσημβρίας Σαμαρεῖτίς τε καὶ Σκυθόπολις μέχρι τῶν Ἰορδάνου ναμάτων. Πρὸς ἕω δὲ Ἱππηνῇ τε καὶ Γαδάροις ἀποτέμνεται καὶ τῇ Γαυλωνίτιδι: ταύτῃ καὶ τῆς Ἀγρίππα βασιλείας ὅροι. [38] Τὰ προσάρκτια δ' αὐτῆς Τύρῳ τε καὶ τῇ Τυρίων χώρᾳ περατοῦται: Καὶ τῆς μὲν κάτω καλουμένης Γαλιλαίας ἀπὸ Τιβεριάδος μέχρι Χαβουλών, ἧς ἐν τοῖς παραλίοις Πτολεμαΐς γείτων, τὸ μῆκος ἐκτείνεται. [39] Πλατύνεται δ' ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν τῷ μεγάλῳ πεδίῳ κειμένης κώμης, Ἐξαλὼθ καλεῖται, μέχρι Βηρσάβης, ἣ καὶ τῆς ἄνω Γαλιλαίας εἰς εὖρος ἀρχὴ μέχρι Βακὰ κώμης: αὕτη δὲ τὴν Τυρίων γῆν ὁρίζει. [40] Μηκύνεται δὲ μέχρι Μηρὼθ ἀπὸ Θελλᾶ κώμης Ἰορδάνου γείτονος.

035 There are two Galilees, the Upper and the Lower, which are bordered by Phoenicia and Syria, and on the west they are bounded by the edges of Ptolemais and by Carmel, a mountain formerly owned by the Galileans, but now belonging to Tyre. 036 This mountain adjoins Gaba, called the City of Cavalry, because it was settled by the cavalry discharged by king Herod. 037 On the south they are bounded by Samaria and Scythopolis, as far as the river Jordan; on the east by Hippos and Gadaris and also by Gaulonitis and the boundary of Agrippa's kingdom. 038 Its northern parts reach as far as Tyre and the and the Tyrian territory. The Lower Galilee extends in width from Tiberias to Chabulon, not far from Ptolemais on the coast. 039 It extends from the village called Xaloth, which lies in the great plain, as far as Bersabe, at which point the Upper Galilee begins, extending to the village of Baca, on the border of the Tyrian territory. 040 In length it reaches from Meroth to Thella, a village near to the Jordan.

= = =

[41] Τηλικαῦται δ' οὖσαι τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τοσούτοις ἔθνεσιν ἀλλοφύλοις κεκυκλωμέναι πρὸς πᾶσαν ἀεὶ πολέμου πεῖραν ἀντέσχον: [42] μάχιμοί τε γὰρ ἐκ νηπίων καὶ πολλοὶ Γαλιλαῖοι πάντοτε, καὶ οὔτε δειλία ποτὲ τοὺς ἄνδρας οὔτε λιπανδρία τὴν χώραν κατέσχεν, ἐπειδὴ πίων τε πᾶσα καὶ εὔβοτος καὶ δένδρεσι παντοίοις κατάφυτος, ὡς ὑπὸ τῆς εὐπετείας προκαλέσασθαι καὶ τὸν ἥκιστα γῆς φιλόπονον. [43] Προσησκήθη γοῦν ὑπὸ τῶν οἰκητόρων πᾶσα, καὶ μέρος αὐτῆς ἀργὸν οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πόλεις πυκναὶ καὶ τὸ τῶν κωμῶν πλῆθος πανταχοῦ πολυάνθρωπον διὰ τὴν εὐθηνίαν, ὡς τὴν ἐλαχίστην ὑπὲρ πεντακισχιλίους πρὸς τοῖς μυρίοις ἔχειν οἰκήτορας.

041 Though surrounded by so many foreign nations, these two territories have always been able to strongly resist every threat of war, 042 for the Galileans are from infancy hardened to war and have been always very numerous. The district has never been short of people or of courage, for their soil is ever rich and fruitful and produces trees of all sorts, so that it invites even the most slothful to take the trouble to work it. 043 All of it is cultivated by its inhabitants and no part lies fallow. Thanks to its fertility it is scattered with many towns and villages of which even the smallest contains over fifteen thousand inhabitants.

= = =

[44] Καθόλου δέ, εἰ καὶ τῷ μεγέθει τις ἐλαττώσειε τῆς Περαίας τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, προέλοιτο δ' ἂν τῇ δυνάμει: ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἐνεργὸς ὅλη καὶ συνεχής ἐστιν καρποφόρος, ἡ Περαία δὲ πολὺ μὲν μείζων, ἔρημος δὲ καὶ τραχεῖα τὸ πλέον πρός τε καρπῶν ἡμέρων αὔξησιν ἀγριωτέρα, [45] τό γε μὴν μαλθακὸν αὐτῆς καὶ πάμφορον, καὶ τὰ πεδία δένδρεσι ποικίλοις κατάφυτα τὸ πλεῖστόν τε ἐλαίαν [τε] καὶ ἄμπελον καὶ φοινικῶνας ἤσκηται, διαρδομένη χειμάρροις τε τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ὀρῶν καὶ πηγαῖς ἀεννάοις ἅλις, εἴ ποτ' ἐκεῖνοι σειρίῳ φθίνοιεν. [46] Μῆκος μὲν [οὖν] αὐτῆς ἀπὸ Μαχαιροῦντος εἰς Πέλλαν, εὖρος δ' ἀπὸ Φιλαδελφείας μέχρι Ἰορδάνου. [47] Καὶ Πέλλῃ μέν, ἣν προειρήκαμεν, τὰ πρὸς ἄρκτον ὁρίζεται, πρὸς ἑσπέραν δὲ Ἰορδάνῃ: μεσημβρινὸν δ' αὐτῆς πέρας ἡ Μωαβῖτις, καὶ πρὸς ἀνατολὴν Ἀραβίᾳ τε καὶ Σιλωνίτιδι, πρὸς δὲ Φιλαδελφηνῇ καὶ Γεράσοις ἀποτέμνεται.

044 In short, though Galilee is smaller in size than Perea, it is a stronger economy, for it is all under cultivation and everywhere fruitful, while Perea, though much larger in extent, is mainly desert and rough and much less productive of the milder sorts of fruit. 045 It does, however, have some fertile and productive soil and its plains are planted with a variety of trees, mainly the olive, the vine and the palm. It gets its water supply from wadis coming down from the mountains and from never-failing springs that never fail to run, even when the wadis fail, as they do in the summer. 046 Perea stretches from Machaerus to Pella in length and in breadth from Philadelphia to the Jordan. 047 On the north it is bounded by Pella, as already said, and on west by the Jordan, on the south by the land of Moab and on the east by Arabia and Silonitis and Philadelphia and Gerasa.

= = =

[48] Ἡ δὲ Σαμαρεῖτις χώρα μέση μὲν τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐστὶ καὶ τῆς Ἰουδαίας: ἀρχομένη γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ κειμένης Γηνεὼς ὄνομα κώμης ἐπιλήγει τῆς Ἀκραβετηνῶν τοπαρχίας: φύσιν δὲ τῆς Ἰουδαίας κατ' οὐδὲν διάφορος. [49] Ἀμφότεραι γὰρ ὀρειναὶ καὶ πεδιάδες, εἴς τε γεωργίαν μαλθακαὶ καὶ πολύφοροι κατάδενδροί τε καὶ ὀπώρας ὀρεινῆς καὶ ἡμέρου μεσταί, παρ' ὅσον οὐδαμοῦ φύσει διψάδες, ὕονται δὲ τὸ πλέον: [50] γλυκὺ δὲ νᾶμα πᾶν διαφόρως ἐν αὐταῖς, καὶ διὰ πλῆθος πόας ἀγαθῆς τὰ κτήνη πλέον ἢ παρ' ἄλλοις γαλακτοφόρα. Μέγιστόν γε μὴν τεκμήριον ἀρετῆς καὶ εὐθηνίας τὸ πληθύειν ἀνδρῶν ἑκατέραν.

048 The land of Samaria lies between Judea and Galilee. It begins at a village of Ginea in the great plain and ends at the Acrabatene district and its nature is the same as Judea. 049 Both regions are made up of hills and valleys and are fertile enough for agriculture and fruitful, with abundance of trees and fruit, both wild and cultivated, and there are no arid places as nature supplies plenty of rain-water. 050 All their running water is distinctively good, and by reason also of their excellent grass their livestock yield more milk than elsewhere, but the surest sign of excellence and prosperity is that both regions have abundant populations.

= = =

[51] Μεθόριος δ' αὐτῶν ἡ Ἀνουάθου Βόρκαιος προσαγορευομένη κώμη: πέρας αὕτη τῆς Ἰουδαίας τὰ πρὸς βορέαν, τὰ νότια δ' αὐτῆς ἐπὶ μῆκος μετρουμένης ὁρίζει προσκυροῦσα τοῖς Ἀράβων ὅροις κώμη, καλοῦσι δ' αὐτὴν Ἰορδὰν οἱ τῇδε Ἰουδαῖοι. Εὖρός γε μὴν ἀπὸ Ἰορδάνου ποταμοῦ μέχρις Ἰόππης ἀναπέπταται. [52] Μεσαιτάτη δ' αὐτῆς πόλις τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα κεῖται, παρ' ὃ καί τινες οὐκ ἀσκόπως ὀμφαλὸν τὸ ἄστυ τῆς χώρας ἐκάλεσαν. [53] Ἀφῄρηται δ' οὐδὲ τῶν ἐκ θαλάσσης τερπνῶν ἡ Ἰουδαία τοῖς παραλίοις κατατείνουσα μέχρι Πτολεμαίδος. [54] Μερίζεται δ' εἰς ἕνδεκα κληρουχίας, ὧν ἄρχει μὲν βασίλειον τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα προανίσχουσα τῆς περιοίκου πάσης ὥσπερ ἡ κεφαλὴ σώματος: αἱ λοιπαὶ δὲ μετ' αὐτὴν διῄρηνται τὰς τοπαρχίας. [55] Γοφνὰ δευτέρα καὶ μετὰ ταύτην Ἀκραβετά, Θαμνὰ πρὸς ταύταις καὶ Λύδδα, Ἀμμαοῦς καὶ Πέλλη καὶ Ἰδουμαία καὶ Ἐνγαδδαὶ καὶ Ἡρώδειον καὶ Ἱεριχοῦς, [56] μεθ' ἃς Ἰάμνεια καὶ Ἰόππη τῶν περιοίκων ἀφηγοῦνται, κἀπὶ ταύταις ἥ τε Γαμαλιτικὴ καὶ Γαυλανῖτις Βαταναία τε καὶ Τραχωνῖτις, αἳ καὶ τῆς Ἀγρίππα βασιλείας εἰσὶ μοῖραι. [57] Ἀρχομένη δὲ ἀπὸ Λιβάνου ὄρους καὶ τῶν Ἰορδάνου πηγῶν ἡ χώρα μέχρι τῆς πρὸς Τιβεριάδα λίμνης εὐρύνεται, ἀπὸ δὲ κώμης καλουμένης Ἀρφᾶς μέχρις Ἰουλιάδος ἐκτείνεται τὸ μῆκος. Οἰκοῦσι δ' αὐτὴν μιγάδες Ἰουδαῖοί τε καὶ Σύροι. [58] Τὰ μὲν δὴ περὶ τῆς Ἰουδαίων τε καὶ πέριξ χώρας ὡς ἐνῆν μάλιστα συντόμως ἀπηγγέλκαμεν.

051 On the border between Samaria and Judea lies the village of Anuath Borceos, the northern boundary of Judea. The southern end of Judea, if measured lengthways, reaches a village on the border of Arabia, which the local Jews call it Yardan. In breadth it extends from the river Jordan to Joppa. 052 The city of Jerusalem is situated in the very middle, for this reason some have not unwisely called that city the navel of the country. 053 Judea is not lacking in the amenities of the sea, since its coastline extend as far as Ptolemais. 054 It consists of eleven districts, of which the royal city of Jerusalem was the capital and presided over all the neighbouring country, as the head does over the body. 055 Each of the other cities under it ruled their several toparchies; Gophna was the second of those cities and next was Acrabatta, then Thamna and Lydda and Emmaus and Pella and Idumaea and Engaddi and Herodium and Jericho. 056 After them came Jamnia and Joppa, presiding over their neighbourhoods, and then the region of Gamala and Gaulonitis and Batanea and Trachonitis, also parts of Agrippa's kingdom. 057 That kingdom begins at Mount Libanus and the fountains of the Jordan and it reaches across to the lake of Tiberias, and its length is from the village of Arpha as far as Julias. Its inhabitants are a mixture of Jews and Syrians. 058 So as briefly as possible have I described the land of the Jews and their neighbours.

Chapter 04. [059-069]
Josephus fails at Sepphoris. Titus comes with to Ptolemais

[59] Ἡ δ' ὑπὸ Οὐεσπασιανοῦ πεμφθεῖσα Σεπφωρίταις βοήθεια, χίλιοι μὲν ἱππεῖς ἑξακισχίλιοι δὲ πεζοί, Πλακίδου χιλιαρχοῦντος αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ μεγάλῳ πεδίῳ στρατοπεδευσάμενοι διαιροῦνται, καὶ τὸ μὲν πεζὸν ἐν τῇ πόλει πρὸς φυλακὴν αὐτῆς, τὸ δ' ἱππικὸν ἐπὶ τῆς παρεμβολῆς αὐλίζεται. [60] Προιόντες δὲ ἑκατέρωθεν συνεχῶς καὶ τὰ πέριξ τῆς χώρας κατατρέχοντες μεγάλα τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἰώσηπον ἐκάκουν ἀτρεμοῦντα τάς τε πόλεις ἔξωθεν λῃζόμενοι καὶ προθέοντας ὁπότε θαρρήσειαν ἀνακόπτοντες. [61] Ὥρμησέ γε μὴν Ἰώσηπος ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν αἱρήσειν ἐλπίσας, ἣν αὐτὸς πρὶν ἀποστῆναι Γαλιλαίων ἐτείχισεν ὡς καὶ Ῥωμαίοις δυσάλωτον εἶναι: διὸ καὶ τῆς ἐλπίδος ἀφήμαρτεν τοῦ τε βιάζεσθαι καὶ τοῦ μεταπείθειν Σεπφωρίτας ἀσθενέστερος εὑρεθείς. [62] Παρώξυνεν δὲ μᾶλλον τὸν πόλεμον ἐπὶ τὴν χώραν, καὶ οὔτε νύκτωρ οὔτε μεθ' ἡμέραν ὀργῇ τῆς ἐπιβολῆς οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι διέλιπον δῃοῦντες αὐτῶν τὰ πεδία καὶ διαρπάζοντες τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς χώρας κτήματα, καὶ κτείνοντες μὲν ἀεὶ τὸ μάχιμον, ἀνδραποδιζόμενοι δὲ τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς. [63] Πυρὶ δὲ ἡ Γαλιλαία καὶ αἵματι πεπλήρωτο πᾶσα πάθους τε οὐδενὸς ἢ συμφορᾶς ἀπείρατος ἦν: μία γὰρ καταφυγὴ διωκομένοις αἱ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰωσήπου τειχισθεῖσαι πόλεις ἦσαν.

059 The allies sent by Vespasian to help the people of Sepphoris, a thousand cavalry and six thousand infantry under the tribune Placidus, encamped in the great plain. They then divided into two groups, the infantry staying in the city to guard it, but the cavalry staying in the camp. 060 Both of them, by constant sorties dominated the adjoining country, and made it hard for Josephus and his men, looting outside the towns and intercepting any who ventured out. 061 Therefore Josephus made an attack on the city that he had lately surrounded with so strong a wall, hoping to take it before they abandoned the rest of the Galileans, for it would be hard for the Romans to retake it. But his hopes failed, finding it impossible either to take the place by force or to persuade the Sepphorites to surrender. 062 He even sharpened the conflict in the land and his attempt provoked the Romans to go on night and day pillaging the plain and stealing the livestock in the country, killing whoever showed fighting spirit and leading the weak into slavery. 063 All Galilee was filled with fire and blood and was spared no kind of misery or disaster. Their only refuge when they were pursued was to retreat to the cities whose walls had been built for them by Josephus.

= = =

[64] Ὁ δὲ Τίτος περαιωθεὶς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀχαίας εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ὠκύτερον ἢ κατὰ χειμῶνος ὥραν, παραλαμβάνει μὲν ἐφ' ἣν ἔσταλτο δύναμιν, συντόνῳ δὲ χρώμενος πορείᾳ διὰ τάχους εἰς Πτολεμαίδα ἀφικνεῖται. [65] Κἀκεῖ καταλαβὼν τὸν πατέρα δυσὶ τοῖς ἅμα αὐτῷ τάγμασιν, ἦν δὲ τὰ ἐπισημότατα τὸ πέμπτον καὶ τὸ δέκατον, ζεύγνυσι τὸ ἀχθὲν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ πεντεκαιδέκατον. [66] Τούτοις εἵποντο ὀκτωκαίδεκα σπεῖραι: προσεγένοντο δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ Καισαρείας πέντε καὶ ἱππέων ἴλη μία, πέντε δ' ἕτεραι τῶν ἀπὸ Συρίας ἱππέων. [67] Τῶν δὲ σπειρῶν αἱ δέκα μὲν εἶχον ἀνὰ χιλίους πεζούς, αἱ δὲ λοιπαὶ δεκατρεῖς ἀνὰ ἑξακοσίους μὲν πεζούς, ἱππεῖς δὲ ἑκατὸν εἴκοσιν. Συχνὸν δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῶν βασιλέων συνήχθη συμμαχικόν, [68] Ἀντιόχου μὲν καὶ Ἀγρίππα καὶ Σοαίμου παρασχομένων ἀνὰ δισχιλίους πεζοὺς τοξότας καὶ χιλίους ἱππεῖς, τοῦ δὲ Ἄραβος Μάλχου χιλίους πέμψαντος ἱππεῖς ἐπὶ πεζοῖς πεντακισχιλίοις, ὧν τὸ πλέον ἦσαν τοξόται, [69] ὡς τὴν πᾶσαν δύναμιν συνεξαριθμουμένων τῶν βασιλικῶν ἱππέας τε καὶ πεζοὺς εἰς ἓξ ἀθροίζεσθαι μυριάδας δίχα θεραπόντων, οἳ παμπληθεῖς μὲν εἵποντο, διὰ δὲ συνάσκησιν πολεμικὴν οὐκ ἂν ἀποτάσσοιντο τοῦ μαχίμου, κατὰ μὲν εἰρήνην ἐν ταῖς μελέταις τῶν δεσποτῶν ἀεὶ στρεφόμενοι, συγκινδυνεύοντες δ' ἐν πολέμοις, ὡς μήτ' ἐμπειρίᾳ μήτ' ἀλκῇ τινος πλὴν τῶν δεσποτῶν ἐλαττοῦσθαι.

064 Titus managed to sail from Achaia to Alexandria sooner than the winter season usually permitted, took command of the forces he was sent to bring, and by forced marches arrived soon in Ptolemais. 065 There he collected his father with the two legions, the fifth and the tenth, the foremost legions of all, and joined to them the fifteenth legion which was brought by him. 066 Eighteen cohorts followed these legions, along with five cohorts and one troop of cavalry from Caesarea, 067 and five other cavalry troops from Syria. Ten of these cohorts had a thousand infantry each, but the other thirteen cohorts had about six hundred infantry apiece, with a hundred and twenty cavalry. 068 There was also a good force of allies, gathered by kings Antiochus, Agrippa and Sohemus, each of them contributing one thousand marching archers and a thousand cavalry. Malchus the king of Arabia, also sent a thousand cavalry and five thousand infantry, most of them archers, 069 so that the whole army, cavalry and infantry, including the allies sent by the kings, amounted to sixty thousand. Along with these came vast numbers of servants, who because they had been trained in war along with the rest, ought not to be excluded from the fighting force, for just as they joined in their masters' activities in peacetime, they shared their dangers in war, so that they yielded only to them in skill or in strength.

Chapter 05. [070-109]
Logistics and discipline of the Roman Army

[70] Κἀν τούτῳ μὲν οὖν θαυμάσαι τις ἂν Ῥωμαίων τὸ προμηθὲς κατασκευαζομένων ἑαυτοῖς τὸ οἰκετικὸν οὐ μόνον εἰς τὰς τοῦ βίου διακονίας ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς πολέμους χρήσιμον. [71] Εἰ δέ τις αὐτῶν καὶ εἰς τὴν ἄλλην σύνταξιν τῆς στρατιᾶς ἀπίδοι, γνώσεται τὴν τοσήνδε ἡγεμονίαν αὐτοὺς ἀρετῆς κτῆμα ἔχοντας, οὐ δῶρον τύχης. [72] Οὐ γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἀρχὴ τῶν ὅπλων πόλεμος, οὐδ' ἐπὶ μόνας τὰς χρείας τὼ χεῖρε κινοῦσιν ἐν εἰρήνῃ προηργηκότες, ἀλλ' ὥσπερ συμπεφυκότες τοῖς ὅπλοις οὐδέποτε τῆς ἀσκήσεως λαμβάνουσιν ἐκεχειρίαν οὐδὲ ἀναμένουσιν τοὺς καιρούς. [73] Αἱ μελέται δ' αὐτοῖς οὐδὲν τῆς κατὰ ἀλήθειαν εὐτονίας ἀποδέουσιν, ἀλλ' ἕκαστος ὁσημέραι στρατιώτης πάσῃ προθυμίᾳ καθάπερ ἐν πολέμῳ γυμνάζεται. [74] Διὸ κουφότατα τὰς μάχας διαφέρουσιν: οὔτε γὰρ ἀταξία διασκίδνησιν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν ἔθει συντάξεως οὔτε δέος ἐξίστησιν οὔτε δαπανᾷ πόνος, ἕπεται δὲ τὸ κρατεῖν ἀεὶ κατὰ τῶν οὐχ ὁμοίων βέβαιον. [75] Καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἁμάρτοι τις εἰπὼν τὰς μὲν μελέτας αὐτῶν χωρὶς αἵματος παρατάξεις, τὰς παρατάξεις δὲ μεθ' αἵματος μελέτας. [76] Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς εὐάλωτοι πολεμίοις: ὅπῃ δ' ἂν ἐμβάλωσιν εἰς ἐχθρῶν γῆν, οὐ πρὶν ἅπτονται μάχης ἢ τειχίσαι στρατόπεδον. [77] Τὸ δὲ οὐκ εἰκαῖον οὐδὲ ἀνώμαλον ἐγείρουσιν οὐδὲ πάντες ἢ ἀτάκτως διαλαβόντες, ἀλλ' εἰ μὲν ἀνώμαλος ὢν τύχοι χῶρος, ἐξομαλίζεται: διαμετρεῖται δὲ παρεμβολὴ τετράγωνος αὐτοῖς. [78] Καὶ τεκτόνων πλῆθος ἕπεται τῶν τε πρὸς τὴν δόμησιν ἐργαλείων.

070 One cannot but admire the forthought of the Romans, in providing a domestic staff who not only served in the common needs of life, but were also useful to them in the wars. 071 If one pays attention to the general order of their army, one realises that their winning such an empire owes more to their ability than to the mere gift of fortune. 072 They do not make first acquaintance with their weapons in time of war, nor do they begin training with their hands in an emergency having avoided doing so in times of peace. Rather, as if their weapons were part of them, they never take a break from training or wait until the crisis arises. 073 Their manoeuvres are not posponed until times of war and differ not at all from the real use of weapons, for every soldier exercises diligently every day, as if in a real war, which is why they bear the shock of battle so well. 074 No lack of coordination interferes with their usual regularity, nor are they stunned by fear or tired by labour, so that they always overcome those who have not an equal firmness. 075 It would be no mistake to call their exercises unbloody battles and their battles bloody exercises. 076 No enemy can easily surprise them by a sudden attack, for as soon as they march into an enemy land, they do not begin to fight until they have fortified their camp. 077 The defences they build are not poorly made, or uneven, nor do they all work at it together or at random. If the ground is uneven, it is first levelled, and their camp is measured out four-square. 078 Their army is followed by many carpenters, well-equipped for building.

= = =

[79] Καὶ τὸ μὲν ἔνδον εἰς σκηνὰς διαλαμβάνουσιν, ἔξωθεν δ' ὁ κύκλος τείχους ὄψιν ἐπίχει πύργοις ἐξ ἴσου διαστήματος κεκοσμημένος. [80] Ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν μεταπυργίων τούς τε ὀξυβελεῖς καὶ καταπέλτας καὶ λιθοβόλα καὶ πᾶν ἀφετήριον ὄργανον τιθέασιν, πάντα πρὸς τὰς βολὰς ἕτοιμα. [81] Πύλαι δὲ ἐνοικοδομοῦνται τέσσαρες καθ' ἕκαστον τοῦ περιβόλου κλίμα, πρός τε εἰσόδους τῶν ὑποζυγίων εὐμαρεῖς καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἐκδρομὰς αὐτῶν, εἰ κατεπείγοι, πλατεῖαι. [82] ῥυμοτομοῦσι δ' εὐδιαθέτως εἴσω τὸ στρατόπεδον, καὶ μέσας μὲν τὰς τῶν ἡγεμόνων σκηνὰς τίθενται, μεσαίτατον δὲ τούτων τὸ στρατήγιον ναῷ παραπλήσιον: [83] ὥσπερ δὲ ἐν σχεδίῳ πόλις καὶ ἀγορά τις ἀποδείκνυται καὶ χειροτέχναις χωρίον θῶκοί τε λοχαγοῖς καὶ ταξιάρχοις, ὅπῃ δικάζοιεν, εἴ τινες διαφέροιντο. [84] Τειχίζεται δὲ ὁ περίβολος καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ πάντα θᾶττον ἐπινοίας πλήθει καὶ ἐπιστήμῃ τῶν πονούντων: εἰ δ' ἐπείγοι, καὶ τάφρος ἔξωθεν περιβάλλεται βάθος τετράπηχυς καὶ εὖρος ἴση.

079 The interior of the camp is set in rows of tents, but the exterior perimeter resembles a wall and is fitted with towers at equal distances. 080 Between the towers are set the machines for hurling arrows and spears and slinging stones, and all sorts of ballistic machines, ready for firing. 081 They build four gates, one at each side of the perimeter, high enough to allow access for the beasts of burden and wide enough for making sorties, if required. 082 They divide the interior of the camp conveniently into streets, placing the tents of the officers in the middle, with the general's tent in the very centre, like a temple. 083 The whole looks like a city suddenly sprung up, with its forum and handicraft centre, and benches for the officers, senior and junior, where any cases that arise are decided. 084 The perimeter wall and all that is within is built more quickly than one would think, due to the number and skill of the workers. If needed, a trench is also dug all round, four feet deep and just as wide.

= = =

[85] Φραξάμενοι δ' αὐλίζονται κατὰ συντάξεις ἕκαστοι μεθ' ἡσυχίας τε καὶ κόσμου. Πάντα δ' αὐτοῖς καὶ τὰ ἄλλα μετ' εὐταξίας ἀνύεται καὶ ἀσφαλείας, ξυλεία τε καὶ ἐπισιτισμός, εἰ δέοιντο, καὶ ὑδρεία κατὰ συντάξεις ἑκάστοις. [86] Οὐδὲ γὰρ δεῖπνον ἢ ἄριστον ὁπότε θελήσειαν αὐτεξούσιον ἑκάστῳ, πᾶσιν δ' ὁμοῦ, τούς τε ὕπνους αὐτοῖς καὶ τὰς φυλακὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξεγέρσεις σάλπιγγες προσημαίνουσιν, οὐδ' ἔστιν ὅ τι γίνεται δίχα παραγγέλματος. [87] Ὑπὸ δὲ τὴν ἕω τὸ στρατιωτικὸν μὲν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἑκατοντάρχας ἕκαστοι, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς χιλιάρχους οὗτοι συνίασιν ἀσπασόμενοι, μεθ' ὧν πρὸς τὸν ἡγεμόνα τῶν ὅλων οἱ ταξίαρχοι πάντες. [88] Ὁ δ' αὐτοῖς τό τε ἐξ ἔθους σημεῖον καὶ τἆλλα παραγγέλματα δίδωσιν διαφέρειν εἰς τοὺς ὑποτεταγμένους: ὃ δὴ κἀπὶ παρατάξεως πράττοντες ἐπιστρέφονταί τε ταχέως, ἵνα δέοι, καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἐφόδους αὐτοῖς καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἀνακλήσεις ὑποχωροῦσιν ἀθρόοι.

085 Once dug in, they take their quarters by companies, with orderly calm. All their chores are managed with good order and security, and each company has its wood and corn and water brought as required. 086 The time for supper and breakfast is not just when each one pleases, but all eat together. Their times for sleeping and watching and rising are marked in advance by the sound of trumpets, and nothing is done without a command. 087 In the morning all the soldiers go to salute their centurions and the centurions to their tribunes, and with these all the higher officers go to the general of the whole army. 088 He gives them the watchword and other orders, to be passed by them to all under their command. This order is also visible when they go to fight when suddenly they turn around during a raid, as they return as soon as they are recalled.

= = =

[89] Ἐξιέναι δὲ τοῦ στρατοπέδου δέον ὑποσημαίνει μὲν ἡ σάλπιγξ, ἠρεμεῖ δ' οὐδείς, ἀλλ' ἅμα νεύματι τὰς μὲν σκηνὰς ἀναιροῦσιν, πάντα δ' ἐξαρτύονται πρὸς τὴν ἔξοδον. [90] Καὶ πάλιν αἱ σάλπιγγες ὑποσημαίνουσιν παρεσκευάσθαι. Οἱ δ' ἐν τάχει τοῖς τε ὀρεῦσιν καὶ τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις ἐπιθέντες τὴν ἀποσκευὴν ἑστᾶσιν ὥσπερ ἐφ' ὕσπληγος ἐξορμᾶν ἕτοιμοι, ὑποπιμπρᾶσίν τε ἤδη τὴν παρεμβολὴν ὡς αὐτοῖς μὲν ὂν ῥᾴδιον ἐκεῖ πάλιν τειχίσασθαι, μὴ γένοιτο δ' ἐκεῖνό ποτε τοῖς πολεμίοις χρήσιμον. [91] Καὶ τρίτον δ' ὅμως αἱ σάλπιγγες προσημαίνουσιν τὴν ἔξοδον ἐπισπέρχουσαι τοὺς δι' αἰτίαν τινὰ βραδύναντας, ὡς μή τις ἀπολειφθείη τάξεως. [92] Ὅ τε κῆρυξ δεξιὸς τῷ πολεμάρχῳ παραστάς, εἰ πρὸς πόλεμόν εἰσιν ἕτοιμοι, τῇ πατρίῳ γλώσσῃ τρὶς ἀναπυνθάνεται: Κἀκεῖνοι τοσαυτάκις ἀντιβοῶσιν μέγα τι καὶ πρόθυμον ἕτοιμοι λέγοντες εἶναι, φθάνουσιν δὲ τὸν ἐπερωτῶντα, καί τινος ἀρηίου πνεύματος ὑποπιμπλάμενοι τῇ βοῇ συνεξαίρουσιν τὰς δεξιάς.

089 When they are to leave camp, the trumpet sounds, and then nobody is idle, but at the first signal they take down their tents and all is made ready for departure. 090 Then the trumpets sound again, to order them to prepare to march. They quickly load their baggage on their mules and other beasts of burden and stand, as at the starting-line, ready for the off, and then too they set fire to their camp, as it will be easy to build another, and so that it may never be useful to the enemy. 091 The third trumpet sounds the departure, to stir those who for any reason are a little late, so that nobody is missing from his ranks. 092 Then the herald stands at the general's right hand and asks them three times, in their own tongue, if they are ready for war. Each time they loudly and cheerfully shout, "We are ready. " They do this almost before the question is asked, as though filled with a kind of martial fury and as they make this cry, they raise their right arms.

= = =

[93] Ἔπειτα προιόντες ὁδεύουσιν ἡσυχῇ καὶ μετὰ κόσμου πάντες, ὥσπερ ἐν πολέμῳ τὴν ἰδίαν τάξιν ἕκαστος φυλάσσων, οἱ μὲν πεζοὶ θώραξιν πεφραγμένοι καὶ κράνεσιν καὶ μαχαιροφοροῦντες ἀμφοτέρωθεν. [94] Μακρότερον δ' αὐτῶν τὸ λαιὸν ξίφος πολλῷ: τὸ γὰρ κατὰ τὸ δεξιὸν σπιθαμῆς οὐ πλέον ἔχει τὸ μῆκος. [95] Φέρουσι δ' οἱ μὲν περὶ τὸν στρατηγὸν ἐπίλεκτοι πεζοὶ λόγχην καὶ ἀσπίδα, ἡ δὲ λοιπὴ φάλαγξ ξυστόν τε καὶ θυρεὸν ἐπιμήκη, πρὸς οἷς πρίονα καὶ κόφινον ἄμην τε καὶ πέλεκυν, πρὸς δὲ ἱμάντα καὶ δρέπανον καὶ ἅλυσιν, ἡμερῶν τε τριῶν ἐφόδιον: ὡς ὀλίγον ἀποδεῖν τῶν ἀχθοφορούντων ὀρέων τὸν πεζόν. [96] Τοῖς δὲ ἱππεῦσιν μάχαιρα μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν μακρὰ καὶ κοντὸς ἐπιμήκης ἐν χειρί, θυρεὸς δὲ παρὰ πλευρὸν ἵππου πλάγιος, καὶ κατὰ γωρυτοῦ παρήρτηνται τρεῖς ἢ πλείους ἄκοντες, πλατεῖς μὲν αἰχμάς, οὐκ ἀποδέοντες δὲ δοράτων μέγεθος: [97] κράνη δὲ καὶ θώρακες ὁμοίως τοῖς πεζοῖς ἅπασιν. Οὐδενὶ δὲ ὅπλων διαλλάττουσιν οἱ περὶ τὸν στρατηγὸν ἔκκριτοι τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἴλαις ἱππέων: Κλήρῳ δὲ τῶν ταγμάτων ἀεὶ τὸ λαχὸν ἡγεῖται.

093 When they have left camp, they all march quietly and in good order, each one keeping rank as if going to war. The infantry are armed with breastplates and helmets and have swords on each side. 094 The blade on the left side is much longer than the other, and the one on the right being just a hand's length. 095 The elite infantry that are around the general have a lance and a short shield, but the rest of the foot soldiers have a spear and a long shield, besides a saw and a basket, a pick-axe and an axe, a leather thong and a hook, with provisions for three days, so that an infantryman is loaded nearly like a mule. 096 The cavalry have a long sword on their right sides, and a long pole to hand, and a shield beside them at an angle on one side of their horses, with three or more darts in their quiver, with broad points and no smaller than spears. They have also helmets and breastplates, like the infantry. 097 The armour of the elite troop around the general in no way differs from that of the other cavalry. Finally, the legion to lead the march is chosen by lot.

= = =

[98] Τοιαῦται μὲν οὖν αἱ Ῥωμαίων πορεῖαί τε καὶ καταλύσεις, πρὸς δὲ ὅπλων διαφοραί, οὐδὲν δὲ ἀπροβούλευτον ἐν ταῖς μάχαις οὐδὲ αὐτοσχέδιον, ἀλλὰ γνώμη μὲν ἀεὶ παντὸς ἔργου προάγει, τοῖς δοχθεῖσι δὲ ἕπεται τὰ ἔργα: [99] παρ' ὃ καὶ σφάλλονται μὲν ἥκιστα, κἂν πταίσωσι δέ, ῥᾳδίως ἀναλαμβάνουσι τὰ σφάλματα. [100] Ἡγοῦνταί τε τῶν ἀπὸ τύχης ἐπιτευγμάτων ἀμείνους τὰς ἐπὶ τοῖς προβουλευθεῖσιν διαμαρτίας, ὡς τοῦ μὲν αὐτομάτου καλοῦ δελεάζοντος εἰς ἀπρομήθειαν, τῆς σκέψεως δέ, κἂν ἀτυχήσῃ ποτέ, πρὸς τὸ μὴ αὖθις καλὴν ἐχούσης μελέτην: [101] καὶ τῶν μὲν αὐτομάτων ἀγαθῶν οὐ τὸν λαβόντα αἴτιον εἶναι, τῶν δὲ παρὰ γνώμην προσπεσόντων σκυθρωπῶν παραμυθίαν τό γε προσηκόντως βεβουλεῦσθαι.

098 Such is the Romans' way for the march and encampment, and the various weapons they use. But when they are to fight, they leave nothing to chance or off-hand; it is always discussed first and then what has been decided is put into action. 099 Therefore they seldom make mistakes, and if they make an error at any time, they soon correct it. 100 They consider that any error they may commit after taking thought in advance is better than some rash success that is only due to hazard, since purely fortuitous benefits tempt people to be rash, while consultation, though it may sometimes fail, has the advantage of making people more careful. 101 Any profit arising from chance is not merited by the one who benefits from it, and it is a comfort in the case of an unexpected setback to have taken the best advice one could to prevent it.

= = =

[102] Παρασκευάζουσι μὲν οὖν ἐν ταῖς μελέταις τῶν ὅπλων οὐ τὰ σώματα μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς ἀλκίμους, προσασκοῦνται δὲ καὶ τῷ φόβῳ. [103] Οἵ τε γὰρ νόμοι παρ' αὐτοῖς οὐ λιποταξίου μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ῥᾳστώνης ὀλίγης θανατικοὶ οἵ τε στρατηγοὶ τῶν νόμων φοβερώτεροι: ταῖς γὰρ πρὸς τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς τιμαῖς ῥύονται τὸ δοκεῖν ὠμοὶ πρὸς τοὺς κολαζομένους. [104] Τοσοῦτον δ' αὐτῶν τὸ πρὸς τοὺς ἡγεμόνας πειθήνιον, ὡς ἔν τε εἰρήνῃ κόσμον εἶναι καὶ ἐπὶ παρατάξεως ἓν σῶμα τὴν ὅλην στρατιάν. [105] Οὕτως αὐτῶν ἀσφαλεῖς μὲν αἱ τάξεις, εὔστροφοι δ' εἰσὶν αἱ περιαγωγαί, ὀξεῖαι δ' ἀκοαὶ μὲν παραγγέλμασιν, ὄψεις δὲ σημείοις, ἔργοις δὲ χεῖρες. [106] Ὅθεν δρᾶσαι μὲν ἀεὶ ταχεῖς, βραδύτατοι δὲ παθεῖν εἰσιν, οὐδ' ἔστιν ὅπου σταθέντες ἢ πλήθους ἡσσήθησαν ἢ στρατηγημάτων ἢ δυσχωρίας, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ τύχης: καὶ γὰρ ταύτης αὐτοῖς τὸ κρατεῖν βεβαιότερον. [107] Οἷς οὖν βουλὴ μὲν ἄρχει παρατάξεως, ἕπεται δὲ τοῖς βεβουλευμένοις στρατὸς οὕτω δραστήριος, τί θαυμαστόν, εἰ πρὸς ἕω μὲν Εὐφράτης, ὠκεανὸς δὲ πρὸς ἑσπέραν, μεσημβρινὸν δὲ Λιβύης τὸ πιότατον καὶ πρὸς ἄρκτον Ἴστρος τε καὶ Ῥῆνος τῆς ἡγεμονίας ὅροι; δεόντως γὰρ ἄν τις εἴποι τὸ κτῆμα τῶν κτησαμένων ἔλασσον.

102 By their military exercises they prepare not only the bodies of the soldiers but their souls, and fear is also used in their training. 103 Their laws inflict the death penalty not only for soldiers running away from battle but for desertion of duty, even in a lesser degree, and their generals are held even more in awe than their laws, for the rewards they bestow on the valiant prevent their penalties from being seen as savagery. 104 The readiness with which they obey their officers is an ornament in peacetime, but in war it makes the whole army like a single body, 105 so well coordinated are their ranks, so quick their wheeling about, so sharp their hearing of orders, so quick their sight of the ensigns and so nimble are their hands when they set to work. 106 The effect is that they can act quickly and bear suffering with patience, and are not known to have been defeated in battle, either by numbers, or ruses, or difficult locations, or even by bad luck; for their victories have been more assured than mere luck. 107 Therefore, where counsel always precedes action and where the plans are carried out by so active an army, what wonder that the boundaries of this empire are the Euphrates on the east, the ocean on the west, the most fertile regions of Libya on the south and the Danube and the Rhine on the north? One might well say that great though their possessions may be, the owners are greater still.

= = =

[108] Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν διεξῆλθον οὐ Ῥωμαίους ἐπαινέσαι προαιρούμενος τοσοῦτον, ὅσον εἴς τε παραμυθίαν τῶν κεχειρωμένων καὶ εἰς ἀποτροπὴν τῶν νεωτεριζόντων: [109] εἴη δ' ἂν τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσιν τῶν φιλοκαλούντων καὶ πρὸς ἐμπειρίας ἡ ἀγωγὴ τῆς Ῥωμαίων στρατιᾶς. Ἐπάνειμι δ' ὅθεν ἐπὶ ταῦτ' ἐξέβην.

108 This account I have given the reader, not so much to commend the Romans as to comfort those conquered by them and to deter others from attempting to revolt. 109 This account of the Roman military may also be of use to interested readers who did not already know it. I return now from this digression.

Chapter 06. [110-131]
Placidus fails to take Jotapata. Vespasian's march into Galilee

[110] Οὐεσπασιανὸς μὲν ἅμα τῷ παιδὶ Τίτῳ διατρίβων τέως ἐν τῇ Πτολεμαίδι συνέτασσεν τὰς δυνάμεις, ὁ δὲ τὴν Γαλιλαίαν κατατρέχων Πλάκιδος ἐπεὶ πολὺ μὲν πλῆθος ἀνῃρήκει τῶν καταλαμβανομένων, τοῦτο δ' ἦν τὸ ἀσθενέστερον Γαλιλαίων καὶ ταῖς φυγαῖς ἐναποκάμνον, [111] ὁρῶν δὲ συμφεῦγον ἀεὶ τὸ μάχιμον εἰς τὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰωσήπου τειχισθείσας πόλεις ὥρμησεν ἐπὶ τὴν ὀχυρωτάτην αὐτῶν Ἰωταπάταν, οἰόμενος ἐξ ἐφόδου μὲν αἱρήσειν ῥᾳδίως, μέγα δὲ κλέος αὐτῷ παρὰ τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν κἀκείνοις ὄφελος εἰς τὰ λοιπὰ παρέξειν: προσχωρήσειν γὰρ δέει τὰς ἄλλας πόλεις τῆς καρτερωτάτης ἐχομένης. [112] Πολύ γε μὴν διήμαρτεν τῆς ἐλπίδος: ἐπιόντα γὰρ αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰωταπατηνοὶ προαισθόμενοι πρὸ τῆς πόλεως ἐκδέχονται, καὶ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις συρραγέντες ἀδοκήτοις πολλοὶ καὶ πρὸς μάχην ἕτοιμοι πρόθυμοί τε ὡς ἂν ὑπὲρ κινδυνευούσης πατρίδος καὶ γυναικῶν καὶ τέκνων, τρέπονται ταχέως. [113] Καὶ πολλοὺς μὲν τιτρώσκουσι τῶν Ῥωμαίων, ἑπτὰ δὲ ἀναιροῦσιν διὰ τὸ μήτε ἄτακτον αὐτῶν τὴν ὑποχώρησιν γενέσθαι καὶ τὰς πληγὰς ἐπιπολαίους πεφραγμένων πάντοθεν τῶν σωμάτων, τούς τε Ἰουδαίους πόρρωθεν βάλλειν πλέον ἢ συμπλέκεσθαι θαρρεῖν γυμνῆτας ὁπλίταις. [114] Ἔπεσον δὲ καὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων τρεῖς ἄνδρες καὶ ἐτρώθησαν ὀλίγοι. Πλάκιδος μὲν οὖν τῆς ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν ὁρμῆς ἀτονώτερος εὑρεθεὶς φεύγει.

110 Vespasian stayed some time in Ptolemais with his son Titus, putting his army in order, while Placidus was hunting through Galilee and killing many whom he caught, and these were the weaker of the Galileans who were worn out by their flight. 111 He noted how the warriors always fled to the cities whose walls had been built by Josephus and so he assaulted Jotapata, the strongest of them all, expecting to take it easily by a surprise attack and thereby to win great honour for himself among the officers by doing something so useful for their coming campaign, for if the strongest place were taken, the rest might surrender out of fear. 112 But he was greatly mistaken, for the men of Jotapata were alerted to his coming and came out from the city to wait for him and many of them, well ready for battle rushed unexpectedly on the Romans. Since they felt their country, their wives and their children to be in danger they were totally committed and quickly put the Romans to flight. 113 Many of them he wounded but only seven were killed, for the retreat was not made in any panic, and the blows only touched the surface of their bodies, covered in all parts by their armour, and because the lightly armed Jews hurled their weapons at them from a distance, rather than risking closer combat with men who were fully armed. 114 On the Jews three were killed and a few wounded. Eventually Placidus, finding himself unable to take the city by storm, went away.

= = =

[115] Οὐεσπασιανὸς δὲ ὡρμημένος αὐτὸς ἐμβαλεῖν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ἐξελαύνει τῆς Πτολεμαίδος διατάξας τὴν στρατιὰν ὁδεύειν καθὰ Ῥωμαίοις ἔθος. [116] Τοὺς μέν γε ψιλοὺς τῶν ἐπικούρων καὶ τοξότας προάγειν ἐκέλευσεν, ὡς ἀνακόπτοιεν τὰς ἐξαπιναίους τῶν πολεμίων ἐπιδρομὰς καὶ διερευνῷεν τὰς ὑπόπτους καὶ λοχᾶσθαι δυναμένας ὕλας, οἷς εἵπετο καὶ Ῥωμαίων ὁπλιτικὴ μοῖρα πεζοί τε καὶ ἱππεῖς. [117] Τούτοις ἀφ' ἑκάστης ἑκατονταρχίας ἠκολούθουν δέκα τήν τε ἑαυτῶν σκευὴν καὶ τὰ μέτρα τῆς παρεμβολῆς φέροντες, [118] καὶ μετ' αὐτοὺς ὁδοποιοί, τά τε σκολιὰ τῆς λεωφόρου κατευθύνειν καὶ χθαμαλοῦν τὰ δύσβατα καὶ τὰς ἐμποδίους ὕλας προανακόπτειν, ὡς μὴ ταλαιπωροῖτο δυσποροῦν τὸ στράτευμα. [119] Κατόπιν δὲ τούτων τάς τε ἰδίας καὶ τὰς τῶν ὑπ' αὐτὸν ἡγεμόνων ἔταξεν ἀποσκευὰς καὶ συχνοὺς ἐπὶ τούτοις πρὸς ἀσφάλειαν τῶν ἱππέων. [120] Μεθ' οὓς αὐτὸς ἐξήλαυνεν τούς τε ἐπιλέκτους τῶν πεζῶν καὶ ἱππέων καὶ τοὺς λογχοφόρους ἔχων. Εἵπετο δ' αὐτῷ τὸ ἴδιον τοῦ τάγματος ἱππικόν: ἴδιοι γὰρ ἑκάστου τάγματος εἴκοσι πρὸς τοῖς ἑκατὸν ἱππεῖς. [121] Τούτοις δ' ἠκολούθουν οἱ τὰς ἑλεπόλεις φέροντες ὀρεῖς καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ μηχανήματα. [122] Μετὰ τούτους ἡγεμόνες τε καὶ σπειρῶν ἔπαρχοι σὺν χιλιάρχοις, ἐπιλέκτους περὶ σφᾶς στρατιώτας ἔχοντες: [123] ἔπειτα αἱ σημαῖαι περιίσχουσαι τὸν ἀετόν, ὃς παντὸς ἄρχει Ῥωμαίοις τάγματος, βασιλεύς τε οἰωνῶν ἁπάντων καὶ ἀλκιμώτατος ὤν: ὃ δὴ καὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας τεκμήριον αὐτοῖς καὶ κλῃδών, ἐφ' οὓς ἂν ἴωσιν, τοῦ κρατήσειν δοκεῖ. [124] Τοῖς δὲ ἱεροῖς ἠκολούθουν οἱ σαλπιγκταί, καὶ κατόπιν αὐτῶν ἡ φάλαγξ τὸ στῖφος εἰς ἓξ πλατύνασα. Τούτοις παρείπετό τις ἑκατόνταρχος ἐξ ἔθους τὴν τάξιν ἐπισκοπούμενος. [125] Τὸ δ' οἰκετικὸν ἑκάστου τάγματος ἅπαν τοῖς πεζοῖς εἵπετο, τὰς ἀποσκευὰς τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς ὀρεῦσιν καὶ τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις ἄγοντες: [126] κατόπιν δὲ πάντων [τῶν ταγμάτων] ὁ μίσθιος ὄχλος, οἷς οὐραγοὶ πρὸς ἀσφάλειαν ἠκολούθουν πεζοί τε καὶ ὁπλῖται καὶ τῶν ἱππέων συχνοί. **[115] Οὐεσπασιανὸς δὲ ὡρμημένος αὐτὸς ἐμβαλεῖν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ἐξελαύνει τῆς Πτολεμαίδος διατάξας τὴν στρατιὰν ὁδεύειν καθὰ Ῥωμαίοις ἔθος. [116] Τοὺς μέν γε ψιλοὺς τῶν ἐπικούρων καὶ τοξότας προάγειν ἐκέλευσεν, ὡς ἀνακόπτοιεν τὰς ἐξαπιναίους τῶν πολεμίων ἐπιδρομὰς καὶ διερευνῷεν τὰς ὑπόπτους καὶ λοχᾶσθαι δυναμένας ὕλας, οἷς εἵπετο καὶ Ῥωμαίων ὁπλιτικὴ μοῖρα πεζοί τε καὶ ἱππεῖς. [117] Τούτοις ἀφ' ἑκάστης ἑκατονταρχίας ἠκολούθουν δέκα τήν τε ἑαυτῶν σκευὴν καὶ τὰ μέτρα τῆς παρεμβολῆς φέροντες, [118] καὶ μετ' αὐτοὺς ὁδοποιοί, τά τε σκολιὰ τῆς λεωφόρου κατευθύνειν καὶ χθαμαλοῦν τὰ δύσβατα καὶ τὰς ἐμποδίους ὕλας προανακόπτειν, ὡς μὴ ταλαιπωροῖτο δυσποροῦν τὸ στράτευμα. [119] Κατόπιν δὲ τούτων τάς τε ἰδίας καὶ τὰς τῶν ὑπ' αὐτὸν ἡγεμόνων ἔταξεν ἀποσκευὰς καὶ συχνοὺς ἐπὶ τούτοις πρὸς ἀσφάλειαν τῶν ἱππέων. [120] Μεθ' οὓς αὐτὸς ἐξήλαυνεν τούς τε ἐπιλέκτους τῶν πεζῶν καὶ ἱππέων καὶ τοὺς λογχοφόρους ἔχων. Εἵπετο δ' αὐτῷ τὸ ἴδιον τοῦ τάγματος ἱππικόν: ἴδιοι γὰρ ἑκάστου τάγματος εἴκοσι πρὸς τοῖς ἑκατὸν ἱππεῖς. [121] Τούτοις δ' ἠκολούθουν οἱ τὰς ἑλεπόλεις φέροντες ὀρεῖς καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ μηχανήματα. [122] Μετὰ τούτους ἡγεμόνες τε καὶ σπειρῶν ἔπαρχοι σὺν χιλιάρχοις, ἐπιλέκτους περὶ σφᾶς στρατιώτας ἔχοντες: [123] ἔπειτα αἱ σημαῖαι περιίσχουσαι τὸν ἀετόν, ὃς παντὸς ἄρχει Ῥωμαίοις τάγματος, βασιλεύς τε οἰωνῶν ἁπάντων καὶ ἀλκιμώτατος ὤν: ὃ δὴ καὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας τεκμήριον αὐτοῖς καὶ κλῃδών, ἐφ' οὓς ἂν ἴωσιν, τοῦ κρατήσειν δοκεῖ. [124] Τοῖς δὲ ἱεροῖς ἠκολούθουν οἱ σαλπιγκταί, καὶ κατόπιν αὐτῶν ἡ φάλαγξ τὸ στῖφος εἰς ἓξ πλατύνασα. Τούτοις παρείπετό τις ἑκατόνταρχος ἐξ ἔθους τὴν τάξιν ἐπισκοπούμενος. [125] Τὸ δ' οἰκετικὸν ἑκάστου τάγματος ἅπαν τοῖς πεζοῖς εἵπετο, τὰς ἀποσκευὰς τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς ὀρεῦσιν καὶ τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις ἄγοντες: [126] κατόπιν δὲ πάντων [τῶν ταγμάτων] ὁ μίσθιος ὄχλος, οἷς οὐραγοὶ πρὸς ἀσφάλειαν ἠκολούθουν πεζοί τε καὶ ὁπλῖται καὶ τῶν ἱππέων συχνοί.

115 But Vespasian was impatient to attack Galilee, so he set off from Ptolemais with his army in the usual Roman marching order. 116 He ordered his lightly armed allies and archers to go ahead, to prevent any unexpected raids by the enemy and to search out any suspicious woodlands that could hide an ambush. Next came the heavily-armed part of the Romans, both infantry, and cavalry. 117 Then came ten men from every century, carrying along their weapons and the tools needed to measure out a camp, 118 and after them the the roadbuilders, to make it straight and to level it wherever it was rough and hard to travel, and to cut down any woods impeding their route, to spare the army a wearisome march. 119 Behind these he set his own carriage and those of the other officers, with a large number of cavalry guarding them. 120 He himself rode next, with an elite corps of infantry and cavalry and spearmen, and next came the special cavalry of his legion, for every legion had its own hundred and twenty cavalry. 121 Next came the mules carrying the city-breakers and other war-machines. 122 Next came the officers of the cohorts and tribunes, each surrounded by picked troops. 123 Then came the ensigns surrounding the eagle, the king and strongest of all birds, the high-point of every Roman legion and which they see as a sign of dominion and an omen that they shall defeat all against whom they march. 124 These sacred ensigns are followed by the trumpeters, and then came the main army in their cohorts and battalions, six men abreast, usually followed by their centurion, who was in charge of good order. 125 The servants of each legion followed the infantry, leading the mules and other beasts of burden which carried the soldiers' baggage. 126 Behind all the legions came the crowd of mercenaries, and for security the rearguard came last, consisting of light and heavy infantry, and many cavalry.

= = =

[127] Οὕτως ὁδεύσας Οὐεσπασιανὸς μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως εἰς τοὺς ὅρους ἀφικνεῖται τῆς Γαλιλαίας, ἔνθα καταστρατοπεδευσάμενος ὡρμημένους εἰς πόλεμον τοὺς στρατιώτας κατεῖχεν, ἐπιδεικνύμενος τὴν στρατιὰν εἰς κατάπληξιν τοῖς πολεμίοις καὶ μετανοίας καιρὸν διδούς, εἰ πρὸ μάχης μεταβάλοιντο: ἅμα δὲ καὶ πρὸς πολιορκίαν τῶν ἐρυμάτων ἐξηρτύετο. [128] Μετάνοιαν μὲν οὖν τῆς ἀποστάσεως ὀφθεὶς ὁ στρατηγὸς πολλοῖς ἐνειργάσατο, κατάπληξιν δὲ πᾶσιν: [129] οἱ μὲν γὰρ περὶ τὸν Ἰώσηπον ἐστρατοπεδευκότες οὐκ ἄπωθεν τῆς Σεπφώρεως παρὰ πόλιν Γαρὶν καλουμένην ἐπεὶ πλησιάζοντα τὸν πόλεμον ἤκουσαν ὅσον τε οὔπω τοὺς Ῥωμαίους συμμίξοντας σφίσιν, οὐ μόνον πρὸ μάχης, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὶν ἰδεῖν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς διασκίδνανται φυγῇ. [130] Καταλείπεται δ' ὁ Ἰώσηπος μετ' ὀλίγων, καὶ κατιδὼν ὡς οὔτε δέχεσθαι τοὺς πολεμίους ἀρκετὴν ἔχει δύναμιν καὶ πεπτώκοι τὰ φρονήματα τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἄσμενοί τ' ἄν, εἰ πιστεύοιντο, χωροῖεν οἱ πλείους ἐπὶ σπονδάς, ἐδεδίει μὲν ἤδη περὶ παντὸς τοῦ πολέμου, [131] τότε δ' ὡς πορρωτάτω χωρίζεσθαι τῶν κινδύνων ἔκρινεν Ἀναλαβὼν δὲ τοὺς συμμείναντας εἰς Τιβεριάδα καταφεύγει.

127 Marching in this format with his army, Vespasian came to the borders of Galilee, where he encamped, refraining his soldiers in their eagerness for war. He displayed his army to cow the enemy and give them time to repent and change sides before the battle. At the same time he got everything ready to besiege their strongholds. 128 This sight of the general actually did bring many to regret their revolt and made them all afraid. 129 Those with Josephus who were camped at the town called Garis not far from Sepphoris, when they heard that the war had come near and that the Romans would soon be upon them, dispersed and fled, not only before fighting, but without even seeing the enemy. 130 Left with just a few men, Josephus could see that he had insufficient forces to engage the enemy, that the spirits of the Jews were low and that if possible most of them would willingly surrender. 131 Already he despaired of the success of the whole war and decided to get as far from danger as possible, so he took those who remained with him and fled to Tiberias.

Chapter 07. [132-339]
Vespasian marches on Jotapata, and after a long siege captures it

[132] Οὐεσπασιανὸς δὲ τῇ πόλει τῶν Γαδάρων ἐπελθὼν αἱρεῖ τε κατὰ πρώτην ἔφοδον αὐτὴν μαχίμου πλήθους ἔρημον καταλαβών, [133] καὶ παρελθὼν εἴσω πάντας ἡβηδὸν ἀναιρεῖ μηδεμιᾶς τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἡλικίας ἔλεον ποιουμένων μίσει πρὸς τὸ ἔθνος καὶ μνήμῃ τῆς κατὰ τὸν Κέστιον αὐτῶν παρανομίας. [134] Ἐμπίμπρησιν δὲ οὐ μόνον αὐτὴν τὴν πόλιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς πέριξ κώμας πάσας τε καὶ πολίχνας, ἃς μὲν παντελῶς ἐκλελειμμένας, ἔστιν δ' ἃς αὐτὸς ἐξανδραποδιζόμενος.

132 Vespasian reached the city of Gadara and took it at the first assault, as it lacked any significant number of warriors. 133 Entering it he killed all the youth, as the Romans showed no pity with regard to age, driven by their hatred of the nation and the memory of what they had done in regard to Cestius. 134 He set fire not alone to the city itself, but to all the surrounding villas and small towns, some of which were deserted while from some he took the inhabitants as slaves into captivity.

= = =

[135] Ὁ δ' Ἰώσηπος ἣν πρὸς ἀσφάλειαν εἵλετο πόλιν αὐτὸς ἐνέπλησεν δέους καταφυγών. Οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς Τιβεριάδος οὐκ ἄν, εἰ μὴ πρὸς τὸ πᾶν ἀπεγνώκει τὸν πόλεμον, τραπῆναί ποτε αὐτὸν ᾤοντο. [136] Καὶ κατὰ τοῦτό γε οὐ διημάρτανον αὐτοῦ τῆς γνώμης: ἑώρα μὲν γάρ, ποῖ ῥέψει τὰ Ἰουδαίων τέλους, καὶ μίαν αὐτῶν ᾔδει σωτηρίαν, εἰ μεταβάλοιντο. [137] Αὐτὸς δὲ καίπερ συγγνωσθήσεσθαι παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις προσδοκῶν, ὅμως τεθνάναι μᾶλλον εἵλετο πολλάκις ἢ καταπροδοὺς τὴν πατρίδα καὶ τὴν ἐμπιστευθεῖσαν αὐτῷ στρατηγίαν ὑβρίσας εὐτυχεῖν παρ' οἷς πολεμήσων ἐπέμφθη. [138] Γράφειν οὖν τοῖς ἐν τέλει τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων διέγνω μετὰ ἀκριβείας τὰ πράγματα, ὡς μήτ' ἐπὶ μεῖζον ἐξάρας τὴν τῶν πολεμίων ἰσχὺν αὖθις εἰς δειλίαν κακίζοιτο μήτε ἐνδεέστερον ἀπαγγείλας κἂν μετανοήσαντας ἴσως θρασύνοιεν, [139] ἵνα τε ἢ σπονδὰς αἱρούμενοι ταχέως ἀντιγράψωσιν ἢ πολεμεῖν ἐγνωκότες πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀξιόμαχον αὐτῷ πέμψωσι δύναμιν. [140] Ὁ μὲν οὖν ταῦτ' ἐπιστείλας πέμπει διὰ τάχους ἐπὶ Ἱεροσολύμων τοὺς τὰ γράμματα κομίζοντας.

135 The city to which Josephus chose to retreat for safety was greatly alarmed, for the people of Tiberias did not think he would have fled unless he entirely despaired of the outcome of the war. 136 In this they were not mistaken, for he saw where the affairs of the Jews were heading and knew that their only way out was through repentance. 137 But though aware that the Romans would grant him a pardon, he opted to die much rather than betray his country and dishonour the army command entrusted to him, in order to prosper under those against whom he was sent to fight. 138 So he decided to write to the leaders in Jerusalem an exact report of the situation, neither frightening them by exaggerating the power of the enemy, nor, by minimising it, encouraging them to stand fast if they were disposed to repentance. 139 If they thought of making peace, they must instantly write back to that effect, but if they decided on war, they must send him sufficient forces to fight the Romans. 140 Having written this, he sent messengers to bring his letter quickly to Jerusalem.

= = =

[141] Οὐεσπασιανὸς δὲ ὡρμημένος ἐξαιρεῖν τὴν Ἰωταπάταν, πέπυστο γὰρ εἰς αὐτὴν πλείστους τῶν πολεμίων συμπεφευγέναι καὶ ἄλλως ὁρμητήριον ἰσχυρὸν οὖσαν αὐτῶν, πέμπει πεζούς τε καὶ ἱππεῖς τοὺς προεξομαλιοῦντας τὴν ὁδὸν ὀρεινὴν ὑπάρχουσαν καὶ πετρώδη, δύσβατον δὲ καὶ πεζοῖς, ἱππεῦσιν δ' ἀμήχανον. [142] Οἱ μὲν οὖν τέσσαρσιν ἡμέραις ἐξειργάσαντο καὶ πλατεῖαν ἤνοιξαν τῇ στρατιᾷ λεωφόρον: τῇ πέμπτῃ δ' ὁ Ἰώσηπος, αὕτη δ' ἦν Ἀρτεμισίου μηνὸς μία καὶ εἰκάς, φθάνει παρελθὼν εἰς τὴν Ἰωταπάταν ἐκ τῆς Τιβεριάδος καὶ πεπτωκότα τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ἐγείρει τὰ φρονήματα. [143] Οὐεσπασιανῷ δέ τις εὐαγγελίζεται τὴν μετάβασιν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐτόμολος καὶ κατήπειγεν ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν ὡς μετ' ἐκείνης αἱρήσοντα πᾶσαν Ἰουδαίαν, εἰ λάβοι τὸν Ἰώσηπον ὑποχείριον. [144] Ὁ δ' ἁρπάσας ὥσπερ μέγιστον εὐτύχημα τὴν ἀγγελίαν, καὶ προνοίᾳ θεοῦ τὸν συνετώτατον εἶναι δοκοῦντα τῶν πολεμίων οἰόμενος εἰς εἱρκτὴν αὐθαίρετον παρελθεῖν, εὐθέως μὲν σὺν χιλίοις ἱππεῦσιν πέμπει Πλάκιδον καὶ δεκαδάρχην Αἰβούτιον, ἄνδρα τῶν ἐπισήμων κατὰ χεῖρα καὶ σύνεσιν, περικατασχεῖν κελεύσας τὴν πόλιν, ὡς μὴ λάθοι διαδρὰς ὁ Ἰώσηπος.

141 Vespasian was eager to put an end to Jotapata, for he had learned that most of the enemy had retreated there and that it was at any rate a place of great security to them. He sent infantry and cavalry to level the road, which was mountainous and rocky, difficult going for infantry and impossible for cavalry. 142 These workmen accomplished the task in four days and opened a highway for the army. On the fifth day, which was the twenty-first of the month Artemisius, Josephus came from Tiberias and got to Jotapata ahead of him and raised the drooping spirits of the Jews. 143 A deserter brought Vespasian the good news that Josephus had moved there, which made him hurry to the city, thinking that if he took it and also got Josephus into his hands, he would take all of Judea. 144 So he took this as good news and believed that divine providence that made the one who seemed the shrewdest of all their enemies to voluntarily enter a place of where he could be enclosed. He sent Placidus with a thousand cavalry and Ebutius the decurion, a splendid man of prudence and action, to surround the city and prevent Josephus from secretly escaping.

= = =

[145] Αὐτὸς δὲ μετὰ μίαν ἡμέραν ἀναλαβὼν πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν εἵπετο καὶ μέχρι δείλης ὁδεύσας πρὸς τὴν Ἰωταπάταν ἀφικνεῖται. [146] Ἀναλαβὼν δὲ τὴν στρατιὰν εἰς τὸ προσάρκτιον αὐτῆς μέρος ἔν τινι λόφῳ στρατοπεδεύεται διέχοντι σταδίους ἑπτὰ τῆς πόλεως, πειρώμενος ὡς μάλιστα τοῖς πολεμίοις εὐσύνοπτος εἶναι πρὸς ἔκπληξιν: [147] ἣ καὶ παραχρῆμα τοσαύτη τοὺς Ἰουδαίους κατέσχεν, ὡς μηδένα τοῦ τείχους τολμῆσαι προελθεῖν. [148] Ῥωμαῖοι δ' εὐθὺς μὲν ἀπώκνησαν προσβαλεῖν δι' ὅλης ὡδευκότες ἡμέρας, διπλῇ δὲ τῇ φάλαγγι κυκλοῦνται τὴν πόλιν καὶ τρίτην ἔξωθεν περιιστᾶσιν τὴν ἵππον, πάσας ἀποφράσσοντες αὐτοῖς τὰς ἐξόδους. [149] Τοῦτ' ἐν ἀπογνώσει σωτηρίας παρώξυνε τοὺς Ἰουδαίους πρὸς τόλμαν: οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀνάγκης ἐν πολέμῳ μαχιμώτερον.

145 He followed them with his whole army the next day, and by marching until late in the evening, arrived at Jotapata. 146 Then bringing his army to the northern side of the city he encamped on a small hill seven furlongs from the city, wanting to be clearly seen by the enemy so as to make them afraid. 147 In fact he did frighten the Jews so that none of them dared go out beyond the wall. 148 Still, as they had marched all day the Romans postponed the attack but placed a double row of squadrons round the city, with a third row of cavalry outside, blocking all the exits. 149 The impossibility of escape firmed up the resolve of the Jews, for there is nothing that makes men fight so hard in war as sheer necessity.

= = =

[150] Γενομένης δὲ μεθ' ἡμέραν προσβολῆς τὸ μὲν πρῶτον Ἰουδαῖοι κατὰ χώραν μένοντες ἀντεῖχον ἀντικρὺ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐστρατοπεδευκότες πρὸ τοῦ τείχους: [151] ὡς δὲ Οὐεσπασιανὸς τούτοις μὲν τοὺς τοξότας καὶ σφενδονήτας καὶ πᾶν τὸ τῶν ἑκηβόλων πλῆθος ἐπιστήσας ἐπέτρεψεν βάλλειν, αὐτὸς δὲ μετὰ τῶν πεζῶν εἰς τὸ πρόσαντες ἀνώθει καθ' ὃ τὸ τεῖχος ἦν εὐάλωτον, δείσας ὁ Ἰώσηπος περὶ τῇ πόλει προπηδᾷ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ πᾶν τὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων πλῆθος. [152] Συμπεσόντες δὲ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἀθρόοι τοῦ μὲν τείχους ἀνέστειλαν αὐτούς, πολλὰ δ' ἐπεδείκνυντο χειρῶν ἔργα καὶ τόλμης. [153] Οὐκ ἔλασσόν γε μὴν ὧν ἔδρων ἀντέπασχον: ὅσον γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἡ τῆς σωτηρίας ἀπόγνωσις, τοσοῦτο τοὺς Ῥωμαίους αἰδὼς παρεκρότει, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἐμπειρία μετ' ἀλκῆς, τοὺς δὲ θράσος ὥπλιζε τῷ θυμῷ στρατηγουμένους. [154] Παραταξάμενοι δὲ δι' ὅλης ἡμέρας νυκτὶ διαλύονται, τρώσαντες μὲν πλείστους Ῥωμαίων, δεκατρεῖς δ' ἀνελόντες: αὐτῶν δ' ἔπεσον μὲν δεκαεπτά, τραυματίαι δ' ἐγένοντο ἑξακόσιοι.

150 When the attack came on the next day, the Jews at first stayed outside the city and resisted the Romans there, having camped in front of the walls. 151 But Vespasian ranged against them his archers and slingers and those who could throw the longest distance and set them to work while with the infantry he climbed a ramp from which the wall could easily be taken. Josephus was afraid for the city and made sorties out with the whole body of the Jews. 152 They attacked the Romans in large numbers and drove them away from the wall in many a brave and splendid deed. 153 Still they suffered as much as the enemy, for if despair of their lives gave courage to the Jews, so equally a sense of shame spurred the Romans, who had skill as well as strength, while the others were armed only with the courage which drove them on. 154 The fight lasted all day and only ended at nightfall, by which time they had wounded many of the Romans and killed thirteen of them; on the Jewish side, seventeen were killed and six hundred wounded.

= = =

[155] Τῇ δ' ὑστεραίᾳ πάλιν προσβάλλουσι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἐπεξελθόντες καὶ πολὺ καρτερώτερον ἀντιπαρετάξαντο, θαρραλεώτεροι μὲν ἐκ τοῦ παρὰ λόγον ἀντισχεῖν τῇ προτέρᾳ γεγενημένοι, χρώμενοι δὲ καὶ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις μαχιμωτέροις: [156] ὑπὸ γὰρ αἰδοῦς εἰς ὀργὴν ἐξεκαίοντο τὸ μὴ ταχέως νικᾶν ἧτταν ἡγούμενοι. [157] Καὶ μέχρι πέμπτης ἡμέρας προσβολαὶ μὲν ἐγίνοντο τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀδιάλειπτοι, ἐκδρομαὶ δὲ τῶν Ἰωταπατηνῶν καὶ τειχομαχίαι καρτερώτεραι, καὶ οὔτε Ἰουδαῖοι τὴν τῶν πολεμίων ἰσχὺν κατωρρώδουν οὔτε Ῥωμαῖοι πρὸς τὸ τῆς πόλεως δυσάλωτον ἀπέκαμνον.

155 The following day, the Jews again attacked the Romans, leaving the ramparts and fighting them even more doggedly, encouraged by their surprisingly strong showing of the day before. 156 But the Romans also fought more fiercely, driven by a sense of shame, seeing in their failure to win a quick victory a kind of defeat. 157 They went on trying to gain ground until the fifth day, while the people of Jotapata made sorties out and fought stubbornly from the ramparts, the Jews being undeterred by the strength of the enemy, and the Romans undaunted by the difficulties of taking the city.

= = =

[158] Ἔστιν δ' Ἰωταπάτα πλὴν ὀλίγου πᾶσα κρημνός, ἐκ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων μερῶν πάντοθεν φάραγξιν ἀπείροις ἀπότομος, ὡς τῶν κατιδεῖν πειρωμένων τὰς ὄψεις προεξασθενεῖν τοῦ βάθους, ἀπὸ βορέου δὲ προσιτὴ μόνον, καθ' ὃ λήγοντι τῷ ὄρει πλαγίῳ προσέκτισται. [159] Καὶ τοῦτο δ' ὁ Ἰώσηπος ἐμπεριειλήφει τειχίζων τὴν πόλιν, ὡς ἀκατάληπτον εἶναι πολεμίοις τὴν ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς ἀκρώρειαν. [160] Κυκλόθεν δ' ἄλλοις ὄρεσιν καλυπτομένη, πρὶν εἰσαφίκοιτό τις εἰς αὐτήν, παντελῶς ἀόρατος ἦν. Εἶχε μὲν οὖν οὕτως ὀχυρότητος Ἰωταπάτη:

158 Jotapata is built almost entirely on a precipice, very deep and steep gorges on all other sides and every direction, so that people looking downward could not quite see to the bottom. It can only be approached from the north, where the edge of the city is built on the mountain, where it ends at an angle to the plain. 159 This mountain Josephus had enclosed with a wall when he fortified the city, so that the ridge above could not be taken by an enemy. 160 The city is surrounded by other mountains and is quite invisible seen until one comes right upon it. Such was the strong situation of Jotapata.

= = =

[161] Οὐεσπασιανὸς δὲ τῇ τε φύσει τοῦ χωρίου καὶ ταῖς τόλμαις τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀντιφιλονεικῶν ἔγνω καρτερώτερον ἅπτεσθαι τῆς πολιορκίας, καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς ὑπ' αὐτὸν ἡγεμόνας ἐβουλεύετο περὶ τῆς προσβολῆς. [162] Δόξαν δὲ χῶσαι τὸ προσιτὸν τοῦ τείχους ἐπὶ συγκομιδὴν ὕλης ἐκπέμπει πᾶν τὸ στράτευμα, καὶ κοπέντων τῶν περὶ τὴν πόλιν ὀρῶν συναλισθείσης τε ἅμα τοῖς ξύλοις ἀπείρου χερμάδος, [163] οἱ μὲν πρὸς ἀλεωρὰν τῶν ὕπερθεν ἀφιεμένων βελῶν γέρρα διατείναντες ὑπὲρ χαρακωμάτων ἔχουν ὑπ' αὐτοῖς οὐδὲν ἢ μικρὰ βλαπτόμενοι ταῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ τείχους βολαῖς: [164] οἱ δὲ τοὺς πλησίον ὄχθους ἀνασπῶντες γῆν αὐτοῖς ἀδιαλείπτως ἔφερον, καὶ τριχῆ διῃρημένων ἀργὸς ἦν οὐδείς. [165] Οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι πέτρας τε μεγάλας ἀπὸ τῶν τειχῶν τοῖς σκεπάσμασιν αὐτῶν ἐπηφίεσαν καὶ πᾶν εἶδος βελῶν: ἦν δὲ καὶ μὴ διικνουμένων πολὺς ὁ ψόφος καὶ φοβερὸς ἐμπόδιον τοῖς ἐργαζομένοις.

161 To overcome the natural strength of the place and the bold defense of the Jews, Vespasian decided to vigorously besiege it. So he called his officers to a council of war, consulting them on the best plan of attack. 162 When it was resolved to raise a ramp against the most practicable part of the wall, he sent out his whole army to collect the materials, and they cut down all the trees on the mountains round the city, and then along with the wood they gathered a vast heap of stones. 163 A group of them built shelters, to avoid the spears that were hurled at them from above. These shelters they placed over their earthworks, and under cover of them they built their bank and so suffered little or no harm from the spears hurled at them from the wall. 164 Others pulled apart the neighbouring mounds and were constantly bringing earth to them, and in this threefold activity, nobody was idle. 165 From the ramparts the Jews threw great rocks and all sorts of missiles against the protective hurdles and even if they did not get through, their noise was so frightening that it held up the workmen.

= = =

[166] Οὐεσπασιανὸς δὲ ἐν κύκλῳ τὰς ἀφετηρίους μηχανὰς ἐπιστήσας, τὰ πάντα δ' ἦν ἑκατὸν ἑξήκοντα ὄργανα, βάλλειν ἐκέλευσεν τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῦ τείχους. [167] Ὁμοῦ δὲ οἵ τε καταπέλται τὰς λόγχας ἀνερροίζουν καὶ ταλαντιαῖοι λίθοι μέγεθος ἐκ τῶν πετροβόλων ἐβάλλοντο πῦρ τε καὶ πλῆθος ἀθρόων οἰστῶν, ἅπερ οὐ μόνον τὸ τεῖχος ἀνεπίβατον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ἐποίησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἐντὸς ὅσης ἐφικνεῖτο χώρας: [168] καὶ γὰρ καὶ τὸ τῶν Ἀράβων τοξοτῶν πλῆθος ἀκοντισταί τε καὶ σφενδονῆται πάντες ἅμα τοῖς μηχανήμασιν ἔβαλλον. [169] Οὐ μὴν εἰργόμενοι τῆς καθύπερθεν ἀμύνης ἠρέμουν: ἐκτρέχοντες γὰρ λῃστρικώτερον κατὰ λόχους περιέσπων τε τῶν ἐργαζομένων τὰς σκέπας καὶ τοὺς γυμνουμένους ἔπαιον, καὶ καθ' ὃ παρείκοιεν ἐκεῖνοι διερρίπτουν τε τὸ χῶμα καὶ τὰ χαρακώματα σὺν τοῖς γέρροις ἐνεπίμπρασαν, [170] μέχρι συνεὶς Οὐεσπασιανὸς τὴν διαίρεσιν τῶν ἔργων αἰτίαν εἶναι τῆς βλάβης, τὰ γὰρ διαστήματα τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις προσβολῆς παρεῖχεν τόπον, ἑνοῖ τὰ σκεπάσματα, καὶ συναφθείσης ἅμα αὐτοῖς τῆς δυνάμεως ἀνείρχθησαν αἱ τῶν Ἰουδαίων παραδύσεις.

166 Vespasian then placed round the city a hundred and sixty machines that shot stones and spears, and set them to work to dislodge the men on the wall. 167 In a single volley and with a loud noise the catapults hurled numerous lances, and the stone-launchers hurled rocks weighing up to a talent. Fiery torches and a hail of arrows also flew, making the ramparts so dangerous that not only did the Jews not dare to stand there, but even inside the walls they dared not stay within range of the machines. 168 Along with the spear- and stone-throwing machines were many Arab archers, as well as javelin-throwers and slingers. 169 But their opponents did not remain inactive, even when they could not fire against the Romans from above, for they made quick raids out from the city, brigand-fashion, to pull away the hurdles protecting the workmen and kill them when they were so unprotected, and when those workmen gave way, throwing down the earthen bank and burning its timber and the shelters. 170 Finally Vespasian saw that the gaps between the works were to his disadvantage, for those spaces left the Jews room to attack. So he gathered up the shelters and linked up the sections of the army, to block these raids by the Jews.

= = =

[171] Ἐγειρομένου δὲ τοῦ χώματος ἤδη καὶ ταῖς ἐπάλξεσιν ὅσον οὔπω πλησιάζοντος δεινὸν ὁ Ἰώσηπος νομίσας, εἰ μηδὲν ἀντιμηχανήσαιτο τῇ πόλει σωτήριον, συναθροίζει τέκτονας καὶ τὸ τεῖχος ἐκέλευσεν ὑψοῦν. [172] Τῶν δ' ἀδύνατον εἶναι φαμένων οἰκοδομεῖν τοσούτοις βέλεσι βαλλομένους, σκέπην αὐτοῖς ἐπινοεῖ τοιάνδε: [173] δρυφάκτους πήξασθαι κελεύσας ἐμπετάσαι τε βύρσας νεοδόρους βοῶν, ὡς ἀναδέχοιντο μὲν τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν πετροβόλων λίθους κολπούμεναι, περιολισθάνοι δὲ ἀπ' αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ βέλη καὶ τὸ πῦρ ὑπὸ τῆς ἰκμάδος εἴργοιτο, προανίστησιν τῶν τεκτόνων. [174] Ὑφ' οἷς ἀσφαλῶς ἐργαζόμενοι δι' ἡμέρας τε καὶ νυκτὸς τὸ τεῖχος ἤγειραν εἰς εἴκοσι πήχεις τὸ ὕψος, καὶ συχνοὺς μὲν πύργους ἐνῳκοδόμησαν αὐτῷ, καρτερὰν δὲ ἔπαλξιν ἐφηρμόσαντο. [175] Τοῦτο τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἤδη τῆς πόλεως ἐντὸς οἰομένοις εἶναι πολλὴν ἐποίησεν ἀθυμίαν, καὶ πρός τε τὴν ἐπίνοιαν τοῦ Ἰωσήπου καὶ τὸ παράστημα τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς πόλεως κατεπλάγησαν.

10.

171 When the bank was raised and came nearer than ever to the top of the ramparts, Josephus thought of counter-plans to save the city. So he gathered his workmen and ordered them to build the wall higher. 172 When they said this could not be done while so many spears were being hurled at them, he devised a sort of cover for them. 173 He got them to fix piles and spread out in front of them the raw hides of freshly-killed oxen, so that when the stones were thrown at them the hides would receive them and yield a little in a hollow shape, from which the spears would slide off and the fire-balls be quenched by their moisture. 174 These he set in front of the workmen and under them they carried on their work in safety and raised the wall higher, by day and night, until it was twenty feet high. He also built several towers on the wall and fitted it with strong battlements. 175 This greatly discouraged the Romans, who had felt they were almost inside the ramparts, but were now baffled by Josephus's plan and by the fortitude of the citizens.

= = =

[176] Οὐεσπασιανὸς δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸ πανοῦργον τοῦ στρατηγήματος καὶ πρὸς τὰς τόλμας παρωξύνετο τῶν Ἰωταπατηνῶν: [177] πάλιν γὰρ ἀναθαρσήσαντες ἐπὶ τῷ τειχισμῷ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἐπεξέθεον, καὶ καθ' ἡμέραν ἐγίνοντο συμπλοκαὶ κατὰ λόχους ἐπίνοιά τε λῃστρικὴ πᾶσα καὶ τῶν προστυχόντων ἁρπαγαὶ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἔργων πυρπολήσεις, [178] ἕως Οὐεσπασιανὸς ἀναπαύσας τὴν στρατιὰν μάχης διέγνω προσκαθεζόμενος σπάνει τῶν ἐπιτηδείων αἱρεῖν τὴν πόλιν: [179] ἢ γὰρ ἀναγκαζομένους ταῖς ἀπορίαις ἱκετεύσειν αὐτὸν ἢ μέχρι παντὸς ἀπαυθαδισαμένους διαφθαρήσεσθαι λιμῷ. [180] Πολύ τε ῥᾴοσιν αὐτοῖς ἠξίου χρήσεσθαι κατὰ τὴν μάχην, εἰ διαλιπὼν αὖθις ἐκτετρυχωμένοις ἐπιπέσοι. Φρουρεῖν δὴ πάσας αὐτῶν ἐκέλευσεν τὰς ἐξόδους.

11.

176 Vespasian was provoked by the subtlety of this ruse and the audacity of the Jotapatans, 177 who took new heart as the wall was built. They began again to raid the Romans and battled with them every day in groups, with all sorts of bandit tactics, looting whatever came to hand, and setting fire to the other works, 178 until Vespasian stopped his army from fighting and decided to lay siege to the city and starve them into surrender. 179 He thought to force them to plead for mercy when their provisions failed, or if they still dared to hold out, they would die of hunger. 180 Expecting to win the battle more easily if he left them a little while and then attacked them when they were weakened by hunger, he gave orders that the exits from the city be patrolled.

= = =

[181] Τοῖς δὲ σίτου μὲν πλῆθος ἦν ἔνδον καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πλὴν ἁλὸς ἁπάντων, ἔνδεια δὲ ὕδατος ὡς ἂν πηγῆς μὲν οὐκ οὔσης κατὰ τὴν πόλιν, τῷ δ' ὀμβρίῳ διαρκουμένων τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ: σπάνιον δ' εἴ ποτε τὸ κλίμα θέρους ὕεται. [182] Καὶ κατὰ ταύτην τὴν ὥραν πολιορκουμένων ἀθυμία δεινὴ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ δίψους ἐπίνοιαν ἦν, ἀσχαλλόντων ἤδη ὡς καθάπαν ἐπιλελοιπότος ὕδατος: [183] ὁ γὰρ Ἰώσηπος τήν τε πόλιν ὁρῶν τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιτηδείων εὔπορον καὶ τὰ φρονήματα γενναῖα τῶν ἀνδρῶν, βουλόμενός τε παρ' ἐλπίδα τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἐκτεῖναι τὴν πολιορκίαν, μέτρῳ τὸ ποτὸν αὐτοῖς διένειμεν εὐθέως. [184] Οἱ δὲ τὸ ταμιεύεσθαι χαλεπώτερον ἐνδείας ὑπελάμβανον, καὶ τὸ μὴ αὐτεξούσιον αὐτῶν πλέον ἐκίνει τὴν ὄρεξιν, καὶ καθάπερ εἰς ἔσχατον ἤδη δίψους προήκοντες ἀπέκαμνον. Διακείμενοι δὲ οὕτως οὐκ ἐλάνθανον τοὺς Ῥωμαίους: [185] ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ κατάντους ἑώρων αὐτοὺς ὑπὲρ τὸ τεῖχος ἐφ' ἕνα συρρέοντας τόπον καὶ μετρουμένους τὸ ὕδωρ, ἐφ' ὃν καὶ τοῖς ὀξυβελέσιν ἐξικνούμενοι πολλοὺς ἀνῄρουν.

12.

181 The besieged had plenty of corn within the city and indeed of all essentials, but were short of water, as it had no fountain. Usually the people there have enough rainwater for their needs, though in that region rain rarely falls in summer;182 but during the siege they were in dire straits due to thirst, as they were already very short of water. 183 Seeing that the city had plenty of other essentials and that the men were in good spirits and wanting to withstand the siege longer than the Romans expected, Josephus ordered that their drink be rationed, 184 but they found this scanty rationing of water even harder than the lack of it. Not being able to drink their fill made them keener than ever to drink. Nor were the Romans unaware of the state they were in, 185 for when they looked at them from beyond the wall, they saw them assembling for their ration of water and by hurling their javelins there they killed many of them.

= = =

[186] Καὶ Οὐεσπασιανὸς μὲν οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν τῶν ἐκδοχείων κενωθέντων ἤλπιζεν ὑπὸ τῆς ἀνάγκης αὐτῷ παραδοθήσεσθαι τὴν πόλιν: [187] ὁ δὲ Ἰώσηπος κλάσαι τὴν ἐλπίδα ταύτην αὐτῷ προαιρούμενος ἐμβρέξαι κελεύει πλείστους τὰ ἱμάτια καὶ κατακρεμάσαι περὶ τὰς ἐπάλξεις, ὥστε περιρρεῖσθαι πᾶν ἐξαπίνης τὸ τεῖχος. [188] Πρὸς τοῦτ' ἀθυμία τῶν Ῥωμαίων καὶ κατάπληξις ἦν θεασαμένων εἰς χλεύην τοσοῦτον παραναλίσκοντας ὕδατος οὓς οὐδὲ ποτὸν ἔχειν ὑπελάμβανον, ὥστε καὶ τὸν στρατηγὸν ἀπογνόντα τὴν δι' ἐνδείας ἅλωσιν τρέπεσθαι πάλιν πρὸς ὅπλα καὶ βίαν. [189] Ὃ δὴ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις δι' ἐπιθυμίας ἦν: ἀπεγνωκότες γὰρ ἑαυτοὺς καὶ τὴν πόλιν πρὸ λιμοῦ καὶ δίψης τὸν ἐν πολέμῳ θάνατον ᾑροῦντο.

13.

186 Vespasian hoped that their cisterns would soon be empty and that they would be forced to surrender the city to him, 187 but wishing to frustrate this hope, Josephus ordered them to wet many of their clothes and hang them out about the battlements, until suddenly the entire wall was streaming down with water. 188 This sight dismayed and alarmed the Romans, when they saw them able to throw away in sport so much water, when they supposed them not to have enough to drink themselves. This made the Roman general despair of taking the city just by their lack of essentials and he again resorted to arms to try to force them to surrender, 189 which was just what the Jews desired. For as they despaired of saving their lives or their city, they preferred to die in battle rather than by hunger and thirst.

= = =

[190] Ὁ μέντοι γε Ἰώσηπος πρὸς τῷδε τῷ στρατηγήματι καὶ ἕτερον ἐπενόησεν εἰς περιουσίαν αὐτῷ: [191] Διά τινος χαράδρας δυσβάτου καὶ διὰ τοῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν φυλάκων ἀμελουμένης κατὰ τὰ πρὸς δύσιν μέρη τῆς φάραγγος ἐκπέμπων τινὰς γράμματά τε πρὸς οὓς ἠβούλετο τῶν ἔξω Ἰουδαίων διεπέμψατο καὶ παρ' αὐτῶν ἐλάμβανεν, παντός τε ἐπιτηδείου τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν πόλιν ἐπιλελοιπότων εὐπόρησεν, [192] ἕρπειν τὰ πολλὰ παρὰ τὰς φυλακὰς κελεύσας τοῖς ἐξιοῦσιν καὶ τὰ νῶτα καλύπτειν νάκεσιν, ὡς εἰ καὶ κατίδοι τις αὐτοὺς νύκτωρ, φαντασίαν παρέχοιεν κυνῶν, μέχρι συναισθόμενοι τὴν ἐπίνοιαν οἱ φρουροὶ περιίσχουσιν τὴν χαράδραν.

14.

190 Josephus managed yet another ruse, to get plenty of what they needed. 191 Along a rough, jagged place so hard to ascend that it was not guarded by the soldiers he sent some men out along the western parts of the valley, with letters to chosen Jews who were outside and from them got plenty of what they needed in the city. 192 He told them to creep past the sentries as they returned to the city, covering their backs with hides in order to look like dogs; but eventually the sentries saw the ruse and blocked that gully.

= = =

[193] Καὶ τόθ' ὁ Ἰώσηπος μὲν τὴν πόλιν οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ὁρῶν ἀνθέξειν, ἐν ἀπόρῳ δὲ τὴν ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν εἰ μένοι, δρασμὸν ἅμα τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἐβουλεύετο. Συναισθόμενοι δὲ τὸ πλῆθος καὶ περιχυθὲν αὐτῷ κατηντιβόλουν μὴ σφᾶς περιιδεῖν ἐπ' αὐτῷ μόνῳ κειμένους: [194] εἶναι γὰρ τῇ πόλει καὶ σωτηρίας μὲν ἐλπὶς παραμένων, παντὸς ἀγωνισομένου δι' αὐτὸν προθύμως, κἂν ἁλῶσιν δέ, παραμυθίαν. [195] Πρέπειν δ' αὐτῷ μήτε φυγεῖν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς μήτ' ἐγκαταλιπεῖν τοὺς φίλους μήτ' ἀποπηδᾶν ὥσπερ χειμαζομένης νεώς, εἰς ἣν ἐν γαλήνῃ παρῆλθεν: [196] ἐπιβαπτίσειν γὰρ αὐτοῖς τὴν πόλιν μηδενὸς ἔτι τοῖς πολεμίοις τολμῶντος ἀνθίστασθαι δι' ὃν ἂν θαρσοῖεν οἰχομένου.

15.

193 Realising that the city could not hold out much longer and fearing for his own safety if he stayed, Josephus consulted with the influential people about a means of escape. When the people got wind of it, they surrounded him and implored him not to leave them as they depended on him alone. 194 They though there was still hope of saving the city if he stayed with them, as all would cheerfully make every effort for his sake and if they were taken, his presence would be some comfort to them. 195 They said he should neither flee from his enemies nor desert his friends, by rushing out from the city as from a ship caught in a storm, which was peaceful and calm when he had entered it. 196 His departure would be the city's ruin, since no one would dare oppose the enemy once the man they trusted had left.

= = =

[197] Ὁ δὲ Ἰώσηπος τὸ κατ' αὐτὸν ἀσφαλὲς ὑποστελλόμενος ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἔφασκεν ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἔξοδον: [198] μένων μὲν γὰρ οὔτ' ἂν ὠφελῆσαί τι μέγα σωζομένους, κἂν ἁλίσκωνται, συναπολεῖσθαι περιττῶς, ἐκδὺς δὲ τῆς πολιορκίας ἔξωθεν αὐτοὺς ὠφελήσειν μέγιστα: [199] τούς τε γὰρ ἐκ τῆς χώρας Γαλιλαίους συναθροίσειν ᾗ τάχος καὶ Ῥωμαίους ἑτέρῳ πολέμῳ τῆς πόλεως αὐτῶν ἀντιπερισπάσειν. [200] Οὐχ ὁρᾶν δέ, τί παρακαθεζόμενος αὐτοῖς χρήσιμος εἴη νῦν, πλὴν εἰ μὴ Ῥωμαίους παροξύνων μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τὴν πολιορκίαν, οὓς περὶ πλείστου ποιεῖσθαι λαβεῖν αὐτόν: εἰ δ' ἐκδράντα πύθοιντο, πολὺ τῆς ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν ὁρμῆς ἀνήσειν. [201] Οὐκ ἔπειθεν δὲ τούτοις, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἐξέκαυσεν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτοῦ περιέχεσθαι: παιδία γοῦν καὶ γέροντες καὶ γύναια μετὰ νηπίων ὀδυρόμενα προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ τοῖς ποσὶν ἐμπλεκόμενοι πάντες εἴχοντο, [202] καὶ μετὰ κωκυτῶν κοινωνὸν σφίσι τῆς τύχης μένειν ἱκέτευον, οὐ φθόνῳ τῆς ἐκείνου σωτηρίας, ἔμοιγε δοκεῖν, ἀλλ' ἐλπίδι τῆς ἑαυτῶν: οὐδὲν γὰρ ἠξίουν πείσεσθαι δεινὸν Ἰωσήπου μένοντος.

16.

197 Josephus refrained from any mention of his own safety, but said he was leaving the city for their sakes. 198 If he stayed, there was little he could do for them as long as they were safe, and if they were captured, he would only die with them in vain; but if he could get away from the siege, he could be of great help to them. 199 Then he would gather crowds of Galileans from the countryside and start another war-zone to draw off the Romans from their city. 200 He did not see any advantage in staying with them, as it only provoked the Romans to tighten the siege, in order to capture him, while if they heard he had fled from the city, they would ease their attack on it. 201 Unmoved by this, the crowd clung to him all the more. Youngsters and old men and women with their infants fell down mourning before him and took hold of his feet, 202 imploring him, with sobs, to share their fate with them, not, I think, begrudging him his safety, but hoping for their own. For they expected not to suffer any great misfortune, if only Josephus stayed with them.

= = =

[203] Ὁ δὲ πειθομένῳ μὲν ἱκετηρίαν ταῦτα νομίσας, βιαζομένῳ δὲ φρουράν, πολὺ δ' αὐτοῦ τῆς εἰς τὴν ἀπόλειψιν ὁρμῆς καὶ ὁ τῶν ὀδυρομένων ἔκλασεν οἶκτος, [204] μένειν τε ἔγνω, καὶ τὴν κοινὴν τῆς πόλεως ἀπόγνωσιν ὁπλισάμενος, "νῦν καιρός, εἰπών, ἄρχεσθαι μάχης, ὅτ' ἐλπὶς οὐκ ἔστι σωτηρίας: καλὸν εὔκλειαν ἀντικαταλλαξάμενον τοῦ βίου καὶ δράσαντά τι γενναῖον εἰς μνήμην ὀψιγενῶν πεσεῖν", ἐπ' ἔργα τρέπεται. [205] Καὶ προελθὼν μετὰ τῶν μαχιμωτάτων διεσκίδνα τε τοὺς φρουροὺς καὶ μέχρι τοῦ στρατοπέδου τῶν Ῥωμαίων κατέτρεχεν, καὶ τὰς μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν χωμάτων δέρρεις, αἷς ὑπεσκήνουν, διέσπα, τοῖς δὲ ἔργοις ἐνέβαλλεν πῦρ. [206] Τῇ τε ἑξῆς ὁμοίως καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ καὶ ἐπὶ συχνὰς ἡμέρας καὶ νύκτας πολεμῶν οὐκ ἔκαμνεν.

17.

203 He thought that if he stayed, it would be put down to their pleas, but if he tried to force his way out, he would be taken prisoner, and his eagerness to leave was banished by pity for their laments, so he decided to stay. 204 Arming himself with the common despair of the citizens, he said to them, "Now is the time to begin to fight in earnest, when there remains no hope of safety. It is a fine thing to set glory above life and leave behind some noble deed as a memory to posterity. " 205 Then he sallied out and scattered the enemies' outposts and raced to the Roman camp itself and pulled to pieces the coverings upon their earthworks and set fire to the siege-works. 206 On the morrow and the day following he never left off fighting and kept it up for many days and nights.

= = =

[207] Οὐεσπασιανὸς δὲ τῶν [τε] Ῥωμαίων κακουμένων ταῖς ἐκδρομαῖς, τρέπεσθαί τε γὰρ ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων ᾐδοῦντο καὶ τραπέντων ἐπιδιώκειν βάρει τῶν ὅπλων ἦσαν βραδεῖς, οἵ τε Ἰουδαῖοι πρίν τι παθεῖν ἀεὶ δρῶντες ἀνέφευγον εἰς τὴν πόλιν, [208] τοῖς μὲν ὁπλίταις τὰς ὁρμὰς αὐτῶν ἐκκλίνειν ἐκέλευσεν καὶ μὴ συμπλέκεσθαι θανατῶσιν ἀνθρώποις: [209] οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀλκιμώτερον εἶναι τῆς ἀπογνώσεως, περισβέννυσθαι δὲ αὐτῶν τὰς ὁρμὰς σκοπῶν ἀπορουμένας ὥσπερ ὕλης τὸ πῦρ: [210] προσήκειν γε μὴν καὶ Ῥωμαίοις μετὰ ἀσφαλείας καὶ τὸ νικᾶν, ὡς ἂν οὐκ ἐξ ἀνάγκης πολεμοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ προσκτωμένοις. [211] Τοῖς δὲ τῶν Ἀράβων τοξόταις καὶ τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς Συρίας σφενδονήταις καὶ λιθοβόλοις τὰ πολλὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἀνέστελλεν: ἠρέμει δὲ οὐδὲ τῶν ἀφετηρίων ὀργάνων τὸ πλῆθος. [212] Οἱ δὲ τούτοις μὲν εἶκον κακούμενοι, τῶν δὲ πόρρω βαλλομένων ἐνδοτέρω γινόμενοι προσέκειντο τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις χαλεποὶ καὶ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος ἀφειδοῦντες ἐμάχοντο, ἐκ διαδοχῆς ἑκάτεροι τὸ κεκμηκὸς ἑαυτῶν ἀναλαμβάνοντες.

18.

207 Vespasian saw the Romans troubled by these raids, though they were ashamed to be put to flight by the Jews, but whenever they turned around their heavy armour hampered them, while the Jews always retreated into the city before they could be harmed. 208 So he told his infantry to avoid their attack and not fight it out with men who were desperate, 209 for nothing is more fearless than despair. Their vigour would be quenched when their attacks came to nothing, as fire is quenched when it lacks fuel. 210 The Romans should win victory as cheaply as they could, since they were fighting not from need but to extend their empire. 211 So he repelled the Jews with the Arabian archers and the Syrian slingers and stone-throwers, and his artillery was constantly in action. 212 These machines cause great casualties as they threw their stones or javelins a long way, but once outside their reach, the Jews pressed on the Romans and fought hard, risking soul and body, and taking turns at helping any of their tired comrades.

= = =

[213] Οὐεσπασιανὸς δὲ ἡγούμενος τῷ μήκει τοῦ χρόνου καὶ ταῖς ἐκδρομαῖς ἀντιπολιορκεῖσθαι, τῶν χωμάτων ἤδη τοῖς τείχεσι πελαζόντων προσάγειν ἔγνω τὸν κριόν. [214] Ὁ δ' ἐστὶν ὑπερμεγέθης δοκὸς ἱστῷ νηὸς παραπλήσιος: ἐστόμωται δὲ παχεῖ σιδήρῳ κατ' ἄκρον εἰς κριοῦ προτομήν, ἀφ' οὗ καὶ καλεῖται, τετυπωμένῳ. [215] Καταιωρεῖται δὲ κάλοις μέσος ὥσπερ ἀπὸ πλάστιγγος ἑτέρας δοκοῦ, σταυροῖς ἑκατέρωθεν ἑδραίοις ὑπεστηριγμένης. [216] Ἀνωθούμενος δὲ ὑπὸ πλήθους ἀνδρῶν εἰς τὸ κατόπιν, τῶν αὐτῶν ἀθρόως πάλιν εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν ἐπιβρισάντων τύπτει τὰ τείχη τῷ προανέχοντι σιδήρῳ. [217] Καὶ οὐδεὶς οὕτως καρτερὸς πύργος ἢ περίβολος πλατύς, ὃς κἂν τὰς πρώτας πληγὰς ἐνέγκῃ κατίσχυσεν τῆς ἐπιμονῆς. [218] Ἐπὶ ταύτην τὴν πεῖραν ὁ στρατηγὸς τῶν Ῥωμαίων μετέβαινεν βίᾳ τὴν πόλιν ἑλεῖν σπεύδων, ὡς τὸ προσκαθέζεσθαι βλαβερὸν ἦν Ἰουδαίων οὐκ ἠρεμούντων. [219] Οἱ μὲν οὖν τούς τε καταπέλτας καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν ἀφετηρίων, ὡς ἐξικνοῖτο τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ τείχους κωλύειν πειρωμένων, ἔγγιον προσαγαγόντες ἔβαλλον: ὁμοίως δὲ συνήγγιζον οἱ τοξόται καὶ σφενδονῆται. [220] Διὰ δὲ ταῦτα μηδενὸς τῶν περιβόλων ἐπιβῆναι τολμῶντος προσῆγον ἕτεροι τὸν κριὸν γέρροις τε διηνεκέσι καὶ καθύπερθεν πεφραγμένον δέρρει πρός τε αὐτῶν καὶ τοῦ μηχανήματος ἀσφάλειαν. [221] Καὶ κατὰ τὴν πρώτην πληγὴν διεσείσθη μὲν τὸ τεῖχος, κραυγὴ δὲ μεγίστη παρὰ τῶν ἔνδον ἤρθη καθάπερ ἑαλωκότων ἤδη.

19.

213 Vespasian seeing himself pinned down by these Jewish raids, decided to use the battering ram, once his earthworks were not far from the walls. 214 The ram is a vast pole, like the mast of a ship, its front armed with a thick piece of iron, carved like a ram's head, from which it takes its name. 215 It is slung in the middle on ropes, to hang like the balance of a scales from another pole, braced on both sides by strong beams, in the form of a cross. 216 When it is pulled backward with united force by many men and then thrust forward with their combined force, it batters the walls with its iron front. 217 And there is no tower so strong, or walls so thick, that can resist more than its first battering, but all must finally yield to it. 218 This was the expedient used by the Roman general in his haste to take the city, as he found it useless trying to wait them out, since the Jews would never leave him in peace. 219 So they brought up the catapults and other machines for strafing the enemy, to stop those manning the wall from frustrating their attempts by throwing stones and javelins at them; similarly the archers and slingers came closer to the wall. 220 The effect of this was that none of the Jews dared mount the ramparts and then the other Romans brought the battering ram that was encased with hurdles with its upper part covered in skins to protect both the men and the machine. 221 At the first stroke of this machine, the wall was shaken and a terrible groan came from the people within the city, as if they were already taken.

= = =

[222] Πολλάκις δὲ εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν παίοντας τόπον ὁ Ἰώσηπος ὁρῶν ὅσον οὔπω καταρριφθησόμενον τὸ τεῖχος, σοφίζεται κατ' ὀλίγον τὴν βίαν τοῦ μηχανήματος. [223] Σάκκους ἀχύρων πληρώσαντας ἐκέλευσεν καθιμᾶν καθ' ὃ φερόμενον ἀεὶ τὸν κριὸν ὁρῷεν, ὡς πλάζοιτό τε ἡ ἐμβολή, καὶ δεχόμενοι τὰς πληγὰς ἐκκενοῖεν τῇ χαυνότητι. [224] Τοῦτο πλείστην διατριβὴν παρέσχεν τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, καθ' ὃ μὲν τρέποιεν τὴν μηχανὴν ἀντιπαραγόντων τοὺς σάκκους τῶν ὕπερθεν, ὑποβαλλόντων δὲ ταῖς ἐμβολαῖς, ὡς μηδὲν κατ' ἀντιτυπίαν βλάπτεσθαι τὸ τεῖχος: [225] ἕως ἀντεπινοήσαντες κοντοὺς οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι μακροὺς καὶ δρέπανα δήσαντες ἐπ' ἄκρων τοὺς σάκους ἀπέτεμνον. [226] Ἐνεργοῦς δὲ οὕτω τῆς ἑλεπόλεως γενομένης καὶ τοῦ τείχους, νεοπαγὲς γὰρ ἦν, ἐνδιδόντος ἤδη, τὸ λοιπὸν ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκ πυρὸς ἄμυναν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἰώσηπον ὥρμησαν. [227] Ἁψάμενοι δὲ ὅσον αὔης εἶχον ὕλης τριχόθεν ἐπεκθέουσιν, καὶ τά τε μηχανήματα καὶ τὰ γέρρα καὶ τὰ χώματα τῶν Ῥωμαίων ὑπεπίμπρασαν. [228] Οἱ δὲ κακῶς ἐπεβοήθουν πρός τε τὴν τόλμαν αὐτῶν καταπεπληγότες καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς φλογὸς τὰς ἀμύνας φθανόμενοι: ξηρᾶς γὰρ ὕλης, πρὸς δὲ ἀσφάλτου τε καὶ πίσσης, ἔτι δὲ θείου διίπτατο τὸ πῦρ ἐπινοίας τάχιον, καὶ τὰ πολλῷ καμάτῳ πεπονημένα τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἐπὶ μιᾶς ὥρας ἐνέμετο.

20.

222 When this ram kept battering the same place and Josephus saw that the wall would soon be thrown down by it, he figured how to dampen the force of the ram for a while. 223 He ordered them to fill sacks with chaff and hang them down in front of any place they saw the ram constantly battering, using the yielding nature of the chaff to lessen the impact of the strokes. 224 This much delayed the attempts of the Romans, for no matter where they moved their machine, those who were above it moved the sacks to that place, so that by dulling the strokes the wall was not damaged, 225 until the Romans responded by taking long poles with hooks at their ends, and cutting off the sacks. 226 By this the battering ram regained its force and the wall, being only newly built, was giving way, so Josephus and his men had recourse to fire as a defence. 227 They took whatever dry materials they had and made sorties out in three directions to set fire to the machines and the hurdles and the earthworks of the Romans. 228 These did not quite know how to help their comrades, being at once alarmed by the Jews' audacity and prevented by the flames from coming to protect them, for as the materials were dry and covered with tar and pitch and brimstone, the fire quickly caught hold of everything and work that had cost the Romans such mighty effort was burned in just one hour.

= = =

[229] Ἔνθα καὶ ἀνήρ τις ἐξεφάνη Ἰουδαίων λόγου καὶ μνήμης ἄξιος: Σαμίου μὲν παῖς ἦν, Ἐλεάζαρος δὲ ἐκαλεῖτο, Σαβὰ δὲ πατρὶς αὐτῷ τῆς Γαλιλαίας: [230] ὑπερμεγέθη δὲ πέτραν ἀράμενος ἀφίησιν ἀπὸ τοῦ τείχους ἐπὶ τὴν ἑλέπολιν μετὰ τοσαύτης βίας, ὥστε ἀπορρῆξαι τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ μηχανήματος, ἣν καὶ καταπηδήσας ἐκ μέσων αἴρεται τῶν πολεμίων καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς ἀδείας ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος ἔφερεν. [231] Σκοπὸς δὲ πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς γενόμενος καὶ γυμνῷ τῷ σώματι τὰς πληγὰς δεξάμενος πέντε μὲν διαπείρεται βέλεσιν, [232] πρὸς οὐδὲν δὲ τούτων ἐπιστραφείς, ὅτε τὸ τεῖχος ἀνέβη καὶ περίοπτος πᾶσιν τῆς εὐτολμίας ἔστη, τότε ἰλυσπώμενος ὑπὸ τῶν τραυμάτων μετὰ τοῦ κριοῦ κατέπεσεν. [233] ἄριστοι μετ' αὐτὸν ἐφάνησαν ἀδελφοὶ δύο Νετείρας καὶ Φίλιππος, ἀπὸ Ῥούμας κώμης, Γαλιλαῖοι καὶ αὐτοί, οἳ προπηδῶσι μὲν εἰς τοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ δεκάτου τάγματος, τοσούτῳ δὲ ῥοίζῳ καὶ βίᾳ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις συνέπεσον, ὡς διαρρῆξαί τε τὰς τάξεις καὶ τρέψασθαι καθ' οὓς ἐφορμήσειαν ἅπαντας.

21.

229 In this, one Jew deserves to be particularly reported and remembered, a man named Eleazar, the son of Sameas, born at Saab, in Galilee. 230 This man took up a stone of a vast size and threw it down from the wall upon the ram with such force that it broke off the head of the machine. Then he jumped down and grabbed the head of the ram from the middle of them and fearlessly brought it back up onto the wall, 231 all this while he was being pelted by the enemy and receiving the blows on his bare body, which was wounded by five missiles. 232 Heedless of them he returned up the wall, where he stood in the sight of all as an example of the greatest bravery; then he fell down from his wounds, upon the head of the ram. 233 After him, a courageous deed was done by two brothers named Netir and Philip, Galileans from the village of Ruma, who jumped on the soldiers of the tenth legion and attacked the Romans with such noise and force as to split their ranks and put to flight all whom they attacked.

= = =

[234] Μετὰ τούτους ὅ τε Ἰώσηπος καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν πλῆθος ἀράμενοι πῦρ πάλιν τὰ μηχανήματα καὶ τὰς ὑποδύσεις ἅμα τοῖς ἔργοις ὑφῆψαν τοῦ τε πέμπτου καὶ τοῦ δεκάτου τραπέντος τάγματος, οἱ λοιποὶ δὲ φθάσαντες καὶ τὰ ὄργανα καὶ πᾶσαν ὕλην κατέχωσαν. [235] Περὶ δὲ δείλην πάλιν ἀναστήσαντες προσῆγον τὸν κριὸν ᾗ προπεπονήκει τυπτόμενον τὸ τεῖχος. [236] Ἔνθα τις τῶν ἀμυνομένων ἀπ' αὐτοῦ βάλλει τὸν Οὐεσπασιανὸν βέλει κατὰ τὸν ταρσὸν τοῦ ποδὸς καὶ τιτρώσκει μὲν ἐπιπολαίως προεκλύσαντος τὸ βληθὲν τοῦ διαστήματος, μέγιστον δὲ θόρυβον ἐνεποίησεν τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις: [237] πρὸς γὰρ τὸ αἷμα ταραχθέντων τῶν πλησίον φήμη διὰ παντὸς ἐπῄει τοῦ στρατοῦ, καὶ τῆς πολιορκίας οἱ πλείους ἀφέμενοι μετ' ἐκπλήξεως καὶ δέους ἐπὶ τὸν στρατηγὸν συνέθεον. [238] Πρὸ δὲ πάντων Τίτος δείσας περὶ τῷ πατρὶ παρῆν, ὡς τὸ πλῆθος καὶ τῇ πρὸς τὸν ἡγούμενον εὐνοίᾳ καὶ τῇ τοῦ παιδὸς ἀγωνίᾳ συγχυθῆναι. ῥᾷστα μέντοι τόν τε υἱὸν ὁ πατὴρ δεδιότα καὶ τὴν στρατιὰν ἔπαυσεν τοῦ θορύβου: [239] τῶν γὰρ ἀλγηδόνων ἐπάνω γενόμενος καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐπτοημένοις δι' αὐτὸν ὀφθῆναι σπουδάσας χαλεπώτερον Ἰουδαίοις ἐπῆρεν τὸν πόλεμον: ἕκαστος γὰρ ὡς τιμωρὸς τοῦ στρατηγοῦ προκινδυνεύειν ἤθελεν, καὶ βοῇ παρακροτοῦντες ἀλλήλους ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος ὥρμων.

22.

234 After these, Josephus and the others with him brought fire and burned the machines and their coverings, along with the works of the fifth and the tenth legion which had been put to flight; but the others quickly buried their machines and other materials under ground. 235 Towards evening the Romans re-erected the battering ram against the part of the wall which had suffered before. 236 At that point one of the defenders struck Vespasian with an arrow in his foot and wounded him a little, but the distance was too great for the dart to make much impression; though it caused great alarm among the Romans. 237 Those near him were worried when they saw his blood, and word went round the whole army that the general was wounded, and many left off the siege and gathered round the general in shock and awe. 238 Out of concern for his father Titus came first of all and the others were distressed due to their esteem for their general and the anxiety of his son. But the father soon calmed the son's fear and the army's distress, 239 for rising above his pain and trying to be seen without delay by all who had been anxious about him, he roused them to fight the Jews more ardently. All were willing to risk danger to avenge their general, and they urged each other aloud and ran quickly to the ramparts.

= = =

[240] Οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἰώσηπον καίπερ ἐπ' ἀλλήλοις πίπτοντες ὑπὸ τῶν καταπελτικῶν καὶ τῶν πετροβόλων, ὅμως οὐκ ἀπετρέποντο τοῦ τείχους, ἀλλὰ πυρὶ καὶ σιδήρῳ καὶ πέτροις τοὺς ἐπὶ τὰ γέρρα τὸν κριὸν ἐπιβρίθοντας ἔβαλλον. [241] Καὶ ἤνυον μὲν οὐδὲν ἢ μικρόν, αὐτοὶ δὲ ἀδιαλείπτως ἔπιπτον ὑπὸ μὴ βλεπομένων καθορώμενοι: [242] αὐτοί τε γὰρ ὑπὸ τῆς σφετέρας περιλαμπόμενοι φλογὸς σκοπὸς ἦσαν τοῖς πολεμίοις εὐσύνοπτος ὥσπερ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ τῶν ὀργάνων πόρρωθεν μὴ βλεπομένων δυσφύλακτον ἦν τὸ βαλλόμενον. [243] ἥ τε οὖν τῶν ὀξυβελῶν καὶ καταπελτῶν βία πολλοὺς ἅμα διήλαυνεν, καὶ τῶν ὑπὸ τῆς μηχανῆς ἀφιεμένων πετρῶν ὁ ῥοῖζος ἐπάλξεις τε ἀπέσυρεν καὶ γωνίας ἀπέθρυπτε πύργων. [244] Ἀνδρῶν μὲν γὰρ † οὕτως ἰσχυρὸν στῖφος, ὃ μὴ μέχρις ἐσχάτης στρώννυται φάλαγγος βίᾳ τε καὶ μεγέθει τοῦ λίθου. [245] Μάθοι δ' ἄν τις τὴν τοῦ μηχανήματος ἀλκὴν ἐκ τῶν ἐπὶ τῆσδε τῆς νυκτὸς γενομένων: πληγεὶς γάρ τις ἀπ' αὐτοῦ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἰώσηπον ἑστώτων ἀνὰ τὸ τεῖχος ἀπαράσσεται τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑπὸ τῆς πέτρας, καὶ τὸ κρανίον ἀπὸ τριῶν ἐσφενδονήθη σταδίων. [246] Γυναικός τε μεθ' ἡμέραν ἐγκύμονος πληγείσης τὴν γαστέρα, προῄει δὲ νέον ἐξ οἰκίας, ἐξέσεισεν ἐφ' ἡμιστάδιον τὸ βρέφος: τοσαύτη ἦν ἡ τοῦ λιθοβόλου βία. [247] Τῶν οὖν ὀργάνων φοβερώτερος ὁ ῥοῖζος, τῶν δὲ βαλλομένων ἦν [ὁ] ψόφος. [248] Ἐπάλληλοι δὲ ἐκτύπουν οἱ νεκροὶ κατὰ τοῦ τείχους ῥιπτόμενοι, καὶ δεινὴ μὲν ἔνδοθεν κραυγὴ γυναικῶν ἠγείρετο, συνήχουν δ' ἔξωθεν οἰμωγαὶ φονευομένων. [249] Αἵματι δ' ἐρρεῖτο πᾶς ὁ πρὸ τῆς μάχης περίβολος, καὶ προσβατὸν ὑπὸ πτωμάτων τὸ τεῖχος ἐγίνετο. [250] Φοβερωτέραν δὲ ἐποίουν τὴν βοὴν περιηχοῦντα τὰ ὄρη, καὶ οὐδὲν ἐπ' ἐκείνης τῆς νυκτὸς οὔτε εἰς ἀκοῆς οὔτε εἰς ὄψεως κατάπληξιν ἀπελείπετο. [251] Πλεῖστοι μέν γε τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰωταπάτης ἀγωνιζόμενοι γενναίως ἔπεσον, πλεῖστοι δ' ἐγένοντο τραυματίαι, καὶ μόλις περὶ τὴν ἑωθινὴν φυλακὴν ἐνδίδωσι τοῖς μηχανήμασι τὸ τεῖχος ἀδιαλείπτως τυπτόμενον: [252] Οἱ δὲ φραξάμενοι τοῖς σώμασι καὶ τοῖς ὅπλοις τὸ καταρριφθὲν ἀντωχύρωσαν πρὶν βληθῆναι τὰς ἐπιβατηρίους ὑπὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων μηχανάς.

23.

240 The group with Josephus, though being thrown against each other by the spears and stones hurled by the machines, still did not desert the wall, but with fire and swords and stones attacked those wielding the ram under the protection of its hurdles. 241 Their efforts had little effect, however, and often they were knocked down, as they were seen by those whom they could not see, 242 for the light of their own flame lit them up and made them highly visible to the enemy, as though in daytime, while the machines could not be seen at a great distance and so what was thrown at them was hard to guard against. 243 The impetus with which these machines threw stones and spears let them hurl several at a time and the force of the stones hurled by the machines was such that they carried off the pinnacles of the wall and broke off the corners of the towers. 244 There is no group of men so strong that it would not be destroyed to the last rank by the force and size of its stones. 245 One can understand the power of the machines by what happened that very night, for as a man near Josephus was close to the wall, such a stone took his head off and his skull was flung a distance of three furlongs. 246 In the daytime a woman with child was so violently struck in the belly as she came out of her house, that the infant was thrown a distance of half a furlong, such was the force of the stone-hurler. 247 Even more fearsome than the noise of the machines was the whirring of the missiles they threw. 248 Then there was the sound of corpses falling down from the wall and the dreadful cries of the women within the city echoing back the cries of people who were being killed. 249 The whole battle area ran with blood and the bodies of the dead formed a ramp up to the wall. 250 The mountains re-echoed those terrible sounds and nothing that could terrify either hearing or sight was missing that night. 251 The majority of those who fought so hard for Jotapata fell with honour, and most of them were wounded, as the wall, after being ceaselessly battered, finally yielded at the time of the morning watch. 252 Then the defenders covered the breach with their bodies and weapons before the Romans laid open the entries into the city.

= = =

[253] Ὑπὸ δὲ τὴν ἕω Οὐεσπασιανὸς ἐπὶ τὴν κατάληψιν τῆς πόλεως συνῆγεν τὴν στρατιὰν ὀλίγον ἀπὸ τοῦ νυκτερινοῦ πόνου διαναπαύσας. [254] βουλόμενος δ' ἀπὸ τῶν καταρριφθέντων περισπάσαι τοὺς εἴργοντας τοὺς μὲν γενναιοτάτους τῶν ἱππέων ἀποβήσας [τῶν ἵππων] τριχῇ διέταξεν κατὰ τὰ πεπτωκότα τοῦ τείχους, πάντοθεν πεφραγμένους τοῖς ὅπλοις καὶ τοὺς κοντοὺς προίσχοντας, ὡς ὁπότε τὰς ἐπιβατηρίους βάλλοιεν μηχανὰς κατάρχοιντο τῆς εἰσόδου: [255] κατόπιν δὲ αὐτῶν ἔταξεν τοῦ πεζοῦ τὸ ἀκμαιότατον, τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν ἱππικὸν ἀντιπαρεξέτεινεν τῷ τείχει κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν ὀρεινὴν πρὸς τὸ μηδένα τῶν ἀναφευγόντων ἐκ τῆς ἁλώσεως διαλαθεῖν. [256] Κατόπιν δὲ τούτων περιέστησεν τοὺς τοξότας ἔχειν κελεύσας ἕτοιμα τὰ βέλη πρὸς ἄφεσιν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ σφενδονήτας καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν μηχανημάτων, [257] ἑτέρους δὲ κλίμακας ἀραμένους προσφέρειν ἐπάνω τοῖς ἀκεραίοις τείχεσιν, ἵν' οἱ μὲν τούτους κωλύειν πειρώμενοι καταλίποιεν τὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς καταρριφθεῖσιν φυλακήν, οἱ λοιποὶ δὲ ὑπ' ἀθρόων βιαζόμενοι τῶν βελῶν εἴξωσιν τῆς εἰσόδου.

24.

253 In the morning Vespasian mustered his army to take the city, giving them little rest after their hard battle during the night. 254 Wanting to draw the defenders away from the places where the wall had been thrown down, he had the bravest of the cavalry dismount and placed them in three ranks opposite the ruins of the wall, covered on all sides with their armour and with poles in their hands, ready to begin their ascent as soon as the entry bridge was laid. 255 Behind them he placed the best of the infantry and had the rest of the cavalry spread out opposite the wall, along the ridge, to prevent anyone from escaping after the city was taken. 256 Next to them he set the archers with orders to be ready to fire, and also the slingers and those on the ballistic machines. 257 He got others to have ladders ready to set against the still intact parts of the wall, to occupy the besieged in trying to stop them climbing them, and keep them from guarding the parts that were thrown down, while the rest, under an overwhelming shower of missiles, would open the way into the city.

= = =

[258] Ἰώσηπος δὲ συνιεὶς τὴν ἐπίνοιαν ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ μένοντος τείχους σὺν τοῖς κεκμηκόσιν ἵστησι τοὺς γηραιοὺς ὡς μηδὲν ταύτῃ βλαβησομένους, εἰς δὲ τὰ παρερρωγότα τοῦ τείχους τοὺς δυνατωτάτους καὶ πρὸ πάντων ἀνὰ ἓξ ἄνδρας, μεθ' ὧν καὶ αὐτὸς εἰς τὸ προκινδυνεύειν ἐκληρώσατο. [259] Ἐκέλευσέν τε πρὸς μὲν τὸν ἀλαλαγμὸν τῶν ταγμάτων ἀποφράξαι τὰς ἀκοάς, ὡς ἂν μὴ καταπλαγεῖεν, πρὸς δὲ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν βελῶν συνοκλάσαντας καλύψασθαι καθύπερθεν τοῖς θυρεοῖς ὑποχωρῆσαί τε πρὸς ὀλίγον, ἕως τὰς φαρέτρας κενώσωσιν οἱ τοξόται. [260] βαλλόντων δὲ τὰς ἐπιβατηρίους μηχανὰς αὐτοὺς προπηδᾶν καὶ διὰ τῶν ἰδίων ὀργάνων ἀπαντᾶν τοῖς πολεμίοις, ἀγωνίζεσθαί τε ἕκαστον οὐχ ὡς ὑπὲρ σωθησομένης, ἀλλ' ὡς ὑπὲρ ἀπολωλυίας ἤδη τῆς πατρίδος ἀμυνόμενον, [261] λαμβάνειν τε πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σφαγησομένους γέροντας καὶ τέκνα καὶ γυναῖκας ἀναιρεθησομένας ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὅσον οὐδέπω, καὶ τὸν ἐπὶ ταῖς μελλούσαις συμφοραῖς θυμὸν προαλίσαντας ἐναφεῖναι τοῖς δράσουσιν αὐτάς.

25.

258 But Josephus saw the plan and placed the old men, along with people who were tired, at the intact parts of the wall, expecting no harm from those quarters, but set the strongest of his men at the place where the wall had been breached, with six men in the forefront, along with whom he took his share of the first and greatest danger. 259 He also ordered that when the legions raised their war-cry, they should block their ears, so as not to be frightened of it and that, to avoid the number of the enemy's spears, they should go down on their knees and cover themselves with their shields and retreat a little, until the archers had emptied their quivers. 260 Then, when the Romans set up their ladders for ascending the ramparts, they should leap out suddenly and turn the enemy's machines against them. Everyone should strive his hardest, not just to defend his city if it could be saved, but to avenge it in the event that it was to be destroyed. 261 They should keep in mind how their old men would be killed and their children and wives killed by the enemy, and let them spend all their fury now, against the perpetrators of the woes coming upon them.

= = =

[262] Ἔταξεν μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἑκάτερον: τὸ δ' ἀργὸν ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως: πλῆθος, γύναια καὶ παῖδες, ὡς ἐθεάσαντο τριπλῇ μὲν φάλαγγι τὴν πόλιν ἐζωσμένην, οὐδὲν γὰρ εἰς τὴν μάχην μετακεκίνητο τῶν πάλαι φυλακῶν, πρὸς δὲ τοῖς βεβλημένοις τείχεσιν τοὺς πολεμίους ξιφήρεις καὶ τὴν καθύπερθεν ὀρεινὴν λαμπομένην ὅπλοις, τά τε βέλη τοῖς τοξόταις ἐπανέχοντα τῶν Ἀράβων, ὕστατόν τινα κωκυτὸν ἁλώσεως συνήχησαν ὡς οὐκ ἀπειλουμένων ἔτι τῶν κακῶν ἀλλ' ἤδη παρόντων. [263] Ὁ δὲ Ἰώσηπος τὰς μὲν γυναῖκας, ὡς μὴ θηλύνοιεν οἴκτῳ τὰς ὁρμὰς τῶν σφετέρων, κατακλείει ταῖς οἰκίαις μετ' ἀπειλῆς ἡσυχάζειν κελεύσας: αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐρειφθέντων ᾗ ἔλαχεν παρῄει. [264] Τοῖς μὲν οὖν καθ' ἕτερα προσφέρουσι τὰς κλίμακας οὐ προσεῖχεν, ἀπεκαραδόκει δὲ τὴν ὁρμὴν τῶν βελῶν.

26.

262 So he disposed his two groups, but when the helpless part of the citizens, the women and children, saw their city surrounded by a triple ring of troops, since the Romans had removed none of the guards posted earlier, and saw that not only were the ramparts breached, but the enemy was coming with sword in hand, and the hill-country above them was shining with their weapons, and the spears in the hands of the Arabian archers, they wailed aloud as though the final destruction were not only imminent but had already come upon them. 263 Josephus had the women shut up in their houses in case they should soften the mens' warlike spirit out of pity for their condition and threatened them to be quiet, while he himself came to his allotted place before the breach, 264 where, disregarding the men bringing ladders to the other places, he tensely awaited the coming shower of missiles.

= = =

[265] Ὁμοῦ δ' οἵ τε σαλπικταὶ τῶν ταγμάτων ἁπάντων συνήχησαν καὶ δεινὸν ἐπηλάλαξεν ἡ στρατιά, καὶ πάντοθεν ἀφιεμένων ἀπὸ συνθήματος τῶν βελῶν τὸ φῶς ὑπετέμνετο. [266] Μεμνημένοι γε μὴν τῶν τοῦ Ἰωσήπου προσταγμάτων οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ τάς τε ἀκοὰς πρὸς τὴν βοὴν καὶ τὰ σώματα πρὸς τὰς ἀφέσεις ἐφράξαντο, [267] καὶ βαλλόντων τὰς μηχανὰς ἐπεξέδραμον δι' αὐτῶν πρὶν ἐπιβῆναι τοὺς βαλόντας, [268] συμπλεκόμενοί τε τοῖς ἀνιοῦσιν παντοῖα καὶ χειρῶν ἔργα καὶ ψυχῆς ἐναπεδείκνυντο, πειρώμενοι παρὰ τὰς ἐσχάτας συμφορὰς μὴ χείρους φαίνεσθαι τῶν ἐν ἀκινδύνῳ τῷ κατὰ σφᾶς ἀνδριζομένων: [269] ὥστε οὐ πρότερον ἀπερρήγνυντο τῶν Ῥωμαίων πρὶν ἢ πεσεῖν ἢ διαφθεῖραι. [270] Ὡς δ' οἱ μὲν ἔκαμνον διηνεκῶς ἀμυνόμενοι καὶ τοὺς προμάχους ἀμείβειν οὐκ ἔχοντες, τὸ κεκμηκὸς δὲ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀκραιφνεῖς διεδέχοντο καὶ ταχέως ἀντὶ τῶν ἀποβιασθέντων ἐπέβαινον ἕτεροι, παρακελευσάμενοί τε ἀλλήλοις καὶ πλευρὰν μὲν ἑνώσαντες, τοῖς δὲ θυρεοῖς καθύπερθεν φραξάμενοι στῖφος ἄρρηκτον ἐγένοντο καὶ καθάπερ ἑνὶ σώματι πάσῃ τῇ φάλαγγι τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἀνωθοῦντες ἤδη τοῦ τείχους ἐπέβαινον.

27.

265 The trumpeters of all the legions sounded together and the army made a terrifying shout, and at the signal the arrows flew so fast that they blotted out the light. 266 Josephus's men remembered his instructions and stopped their ears at the sounds and covered their bodies from the missiles, 267 and ran out against the machines that were placed ready for action, before their wielders could mount them. 268 As the soldiers came up a mighty conflict ensued, with many gallant acts of body and soul were seen, as men in extreme danger tried to show no less courage than those who, from relative safety, fought so stoutly against them, 269 not ceasing struggle with the Romans until they either felled them or were killed. 270 But they grew tired of defending themselves constantly and had not enough to come and help them; while, on the Roman side, fresh forces replaced those who were tired, and new men ascended the machines to replace those who were thrust down, encouraging each other. Then, joining their shields together as a barrier, they became an invulnerable column and like a single body thrust the Jews aside and began to scale the wall.

= = =

[271] Ὁ δὲ Ἰώσηπος ἐν ταῖς ἀμηχανίαις σύμβουλον λαβὼν τὴν ἀνάγκην, ἡ δέ ἐστιν δεινὴ πρὸς ἐπίνοιαν, ὅταν αὐτὴν ἀπόγνωσις ἐρεθίζῃ, ζέον ἔλαιον ἐκέλευσεν καταχέειν τῶν συνησπικότων. [272] Οἱ δ' ὡς παρεσκευασμένον ἔχοντες μετὰ τάχους πολλοὶ καὶ πολὺ πάντοθεν τῶν Ῥωμαίων κατέχεον συνεπαφιέντες καὶ τὰ ἀγγεῖα βρασσόμενα τῇ θέρμῃ. [273] Τοῦτο καιομένων τῶν Ῥωμαίων διεσκέδασεν τὴν τάξιν, καὶ μετὰ δεινῶν ἀλγηδόνων ἀπεκυλινδοῦντο τοῦ τείχους: [274] ῥᾷστα μὲν γὰρ τὸ ἔλαιον ἀπὸ κορυφῆς μέχρι ποδῶν ὑπὸ τὰς πανοπλίας διέρρει τοῦ σώματος ὅλου καὶ τὴν σάρκα φλογὸς οὐδὲν ἔλασσον ἐπεβόσκετο, θερμαινόμενόν τε φύσει ταχέως καὶ ψυχόμενον βραδέως διὰ τὴν πιότητα. [275] Τοῖς δὲ θώραξιν καὶ τοῖς κράνεσιν ἐνδεδεμένων ἀπαλλαγὴ τῆς καύσεως οὐκ ἦν, πηδῶντες δὲ καὶ συνειλούμενοι ταῖς ἀλγηδόσιν ἀπὸ τῶν γεφυρωμάτων ἔπιπτον: οἱ δὲ τραπέντες εἰς τοὺς σφετέρους πρόσω βιαζομένους εὐχείρωτοι τοῖς κατόπιν τιτρώσκουσιν ἦσαν.

28.

271 In this extremity, Josephus took counsel from necessity, which is clever in invention when driven by despair, and ordered them to pour scalding oil upon those who were protected by their shields. 272 With many bringing it in large amounts, they soon got it ready and poured it from all sides upon the Romans and threw down on them the vessels still hissing from the heat of the fire. 273 This so burned the Romans, that it scattered that united band, who tumbled down from the wall in terrible pain, 274 for the oil easily ran down the whole body from head to foot, under their entire armour and fed upon their flesh like flame itself, its oily texture making it quick to heat and slow to cool. 275 Since the men were strapped in their helmets and breastplates, they had no way to escape from this burning oil, but could only leap and roll about in their agony, falling down from the bridges they had set up. As they were beaten back and retreated toward their own group, who were still pressing forward, they were easily wounded by those who came behind them.

= = =

[276] Ἐπέλιπεν δὲ οὔτε Ῥωμαίους ἐν ταῖς κακοπραγίαις ἰσχὺς οὔτε τοὺς Ἰουδαίους σύνεσις, ἀλλ' οἱ μὲν καίπερ οἰκτρὰ πάσχοντας ὁρῶντες τοὺς καταχυθέντας ὅμως εἰς τοὺς καταχέοντας ἐφέροντο τὸν πρὸ αὐτοῦ κακίζων ἕκαστος ὡς ἐμπόδιον ὄντα τῆς ῥώμης: [277] Οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι δόλῳ δευτέρῳ τὰς προσβάσεις αὐτῶν ἐπέσφαλλον τῆλιν ἑφθὴν ὑποχέοντες ταῖς σανίσιν, ἧς ἐπολισθάνοντες ὑπεσύροντο; [278] Καὶ οὔτε τῶν τρεπομένων οὔτε τῶν προσβαινόντων τις ὀρθὸς ἔμενεν, ἀλλ' οἱ μὲν ἐπ' αὐτῶν ὑπτιαζόμενοι τῶν ἐπιβατηρίων μηχανῶν συνεπατοῦντο, πολλοὶ δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ χῶμα κατέπιπτον. [279] Ἐπαίοντο δ' ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων οἱ πεσόντες: ἐσφαλμένων γὰρ τῶν Ῥωμαίων οὗτοι τῆς κατὰ χεῖρα συμπλοκῆς ἐλευθερωθέντες εἰς τὰς βολὰς εὐσχόλουν. [280] Πολλὰ δὲ κακουμένους ἐν τῇ προσβολῇ τοὺς στρατιώτας ὁ στρατηγὸς περὶ δείλην ἀνεκάλει. [281] Ἔπεσον δὲ τούτων μὲν οὐκ ὀλίγοι καὶ πλείους ἐτρώθησαν, τῶν δ' ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰωταπάτης ἀπέθανον μὲν ἓξ ἄνδρες, τραυματίαι δ' ὑπὲρ τριακοσίους ἀνεκομίσθησαν. [282] Εἰκάδι μὲν Δαισίου μηνὸς ἡ παράταξις ἦν.

29.

276 Amid this crisis the Romans did not lack courage nor did the Jews lack prudence, for the former, seeing their men suffering and in a dire state, hotly pursued those who poured the oil upon them, each calling the man in front of him as a coward if he held up the charge. 277 The Jews used another ruse to hinder their progress and poured boiling vegetable matter upon the boards, to make them slip and fall, 278 so that neither those coming up nor those going down could stand upright, but some fell backward upon their climbing machines and were trodden upon and many fell down upon the earthworks, 279 and were killed by the Jews, for when the Romans could not keep their feet, the Jews, not having to fight hand to hand, were free to throw their spears at them. 280 So in the evening the general called off those soldiers who had been badly mauled, 281 of whom not a few had died and even more were wounded, while no more than six of the Jotapatans were killed, but more than three hundred were carried off wounded. 282 This battle happened on the twentieth day of the month Daesius.

= = =

[283] Οὐεσπασιανὸς δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς συμβεβηκόσι τὴν στρατιὰν παραμυθούμενος, ὡς θυμουμένους ἑώρα καὶ οὐ προτροπῆς ἀλλ' ἔργων δεομένους, [284] προσυψῶσαι μὲν τὰ χώματα, πύργους δὲ τρεῖς πεντήκοντα ποδῶν τὸ ὕψος ἕκαστον κατασκευάσαι κελεύσας πάντοθεν σιδήρῳ κεκαλυμμένους, ὡς ἑδραῖοί τε εἶεν ὑπὸ βρίθους καὶ δυσάλωτοι πυρί, [285] τῶν χωμάτων ἐπέστησεν, συνεπιβήσας αὐτοῖς ἀκοντιστάς τε καὶ τοξότας καὶ τῶν ἀφετηρίων ὀργάνων τὰ κουφότερα, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ῥωμαλεωτάτους σφενδονήτας: [286] οἳ μὴ καθορώμενοι διὰ τὸ ὕψος καὶ τὰ θωράκια τῶν πύργων εἰς καθορωμένους τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῦ τείχους ἔβαλλον. [287] Οἱ δὲ μήτε κατὰ κόρσης φερομένων τῶν βελῶν ἐκκλίνειν ῥᾳδίως δυνάμενοι μήτε τοὺς ἀφανεῖς ἀμύνεσθαι, καὶ τὸ μὲν ὕψος τῶν πύργων δυσέφικτον ὁρῶντες ἐκ χειρὸς βέλει, πυρὶ δὲ τὸν περὶ αὐτοῖς σίδηρον ἀνάλωτον, ἔφευγον ἀπὸ τοῦ τείχους καὶ προσβάλλειν πειρωμένοις ἐπεξέθεον. [288] Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰωταπάτης ἀντεῖχον οὕτως, ἀναιρούμενοί τε καθ' ἡμέραν πολλοὶ καὶ μηδὲν ἀντικακοῦν τοὺς πολεμίους, ὅτι μὴ μετὰ κινδύνων ἀνείργειν ἔχοντες.

30.

283 Vespasian comforted his army after what happened but found them angry and eager to act rather than be harangued, 284 he ordered them to raise the ramparts still higher and to build three towers, each fifty feet high, covered on all sides with plates of iron, held firm by their weight and not easy to set on fire. 285 These he placed upon the earthworks, putting in them marksmen with spears and arrows, with the lighter stone- and spear-throwing machines, and with them the bravest of the slingers. 286 From high out of sight and behind their defences, they were to shoot at the men upon the battlements, whom they could easily see. 287 The defenders, unable to escape the missiles coming down upon their heads, or to get back at those whom they could not see, for the towers were so high that a spear thrown by hand could hardly reach them and the iron plates about them prevented attacking them by fire, soon left the ramparts and sallied out to attack them. 288 In this way the Jotapatans resisted the Romans, though every day many were killed without being able to inflict harm on the enemy or to keep them back from the city without danger to themselves.

= = =

[289] Κατὰ δὲ τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας Οὐεσπασιανὸς ἐπί τινα τῶν τῆς Ἰωταπάτης ἀστυγειτόνων πόλιν, Ἴαφα καλεῖται, νεωτερίζουσαν καὶ τῶν Ἰωταπατηνῶν παρὰ δόξαν ἀντεχόντων ἐπαιρομένην, Τραιανὸν ὄντα τοῦ δεκάτου τάγματος ἡγεμόνα ἐκπέμπει παραδοὺς αὐτῷ χιλίους μὲν ἱππεῖς πεζοὺς δὲ δισχιλίους. [290] Ὁ δὲ τὴν μὲν πόλιν δυσάλωτον καταλαβών, πρὸς γὰρ τῷ φύσει καρτερὰ τυγχάνειν οὖσα καὶ διπλῷ περιβόλῳ τετείχιστο, προαπηντηκότας δὲ τοὺς ἐξ αὐτῆς ἑτοίμους εἰς μάχην ἰδὼν συμβάλλει καὶ πρὸς ὀλίγον ἀντισχόντας ἐδίωκεν. [291] Συμφυγόντων δὲ εἰς τὸ πρῶτον τεῖχος οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι κατὰ πόδας προσκείμενοι συνεισέπεσον. [292] Ὁρμήσαντας δὲ πάλιν εἰς τὸ δεύτερον τεῖχος ἀποκλείουσιν τῆς πόλεως οἱ σφέτεροι δείσαντες μὴ συνεισβάλωσιν οἱ πολέμιοι. [293] Θεὸς δ' ἦν ἄρα ὁ Ῥωμαίοις τὰ Γαλιλαίων πάθη χαριζόμενος, ὃς καὶ τότε τὸν τῆς πόλεως λαὸν αὔτανδρον χερσὶν οἰκείαις ἐκκλεισθέντα πρὸς ἀπώλειαν ἔκδοτον φονῶσιν ἐχθροῖς παρέστησεν. [294] Ἐμπίπτοντες γὰρ ἀθρόοι ταῖς πύλαις καὶ πολλὰ τοὺς ἐπ' αὐτῶν ὀνομαστὶ καλοῦντες ἐν μέσαις ἀπεσφάττοντο ταῖς ἱκεσίαις. [295] Καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον αὐτοῖς τεῖχος οἱ πολέμιοι, τὸ δεύτερον δ' ἔκλεισαν οἱ σφέτεροι, [296] μέσοι δὲ τοῖν δυοῖν κατειλούμενοι περιβόλων βύζην, πολλοὶ μὲν τοῖς ἀλλήλων, πολλοὶ δὲ τοῖς ἰδίοις περιεπείροντο ξίφεσιν, ἄπειροι δὲ ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων ἔπιπτον οὐδὲ ὅσον εἰς ἄμυναν ἀναθαρροῦντες: πρὸς γὰρ τῷ καταπεπλῆχθαι τοὺς πολεμίους τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ἔκλασεν ἡ τῶν οἰκείων προδοσία. [297] Πέρας ἔθνησκον οὐ Ῥωμαίοις ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἰδίοις καταρώμενοι, μέχρι πάντες ἀπώλοντο μύριοι καὶ δισχίλιοι τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὄντες. [298] Κενὴν δὲ μαχίμων λογιζόμενος εἶναι τὴν πόλιν ὁ Τραιανός, εἰ δὲ καί τινες ἔνδον εἶεν, οἰόμενος μηδὲν αὐτοὺς τολμήσειν ὑπὸ δέους, ἀνετίθει τῷ στρατηγῷ τὴν ἅλωσιν, καὶ στείλας ἀγγέλους πρὸς Οὐεσπασιανὸν ᾐτεῖτο πέμψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτῷ Τίτον ἐπιθήσοντα τῇ νίκῃ τέλος. [299] Ὁ δὲ συμβαλὼν ὑπολείπεσθαί τινα πόνον μετὰ στρατιᾶς τὸν υἱὸν ἐπιπέμπει πεντακοσίων μὲν ἱππέων χιλίων δὲ πεζῶν. [300] Ὁ δὲ πρὸς τὴν πόλιν ἐλθὼν διὰ τάχους καὶ διατάξας τὴν στρατιὰν ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ λαιοῦ κέρως τὸν Τραιανὸν ἵστησιν, αὐτὸς δὲ τὸ δεξιὸν ἔχων ἐξηγεῖτο πρὸς τὴν πολιορκίαν. [301] Τῶν δὲ στρατιωτῶν κλίμακας πάντοθεν τῷ τείχει προσφερόντων πρὸς ὀλίγον οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι καθύπερθεν ἀμυνόμενοι λείπουσιν τὸν περίβολον, [302] Ἐπιπηδήσαντες δὲ οἱ περὶ τὸν Τίτον τῆς μὲν πόλεως ἐκράτησαν ταχέως, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἔνδον αὐτοῖς συστραφέντας καρτερὰ μάχη συρρήγνυται: [303] Καὶ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς στενωποῖς οἱ δυνατοὶ προσέπιπτον καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκιῶν αἱ γυναῖκες ἔβαλλον πᾶν τὸ προστυχὸν αὐταῖς. [304] Καὶ μέχρι μὲν ἓξ ὡρῶν ἀντεῖχον μαχόμενοι, δαπανηθέντων δὲ τῶν μαχίμων τὸ λοιπὸν πλῆθος ἔν τε τοῖς ὑπαίθροις καὶ κατὰ τὰς οἰκίας ἀπεσφάττοντο νέοι τε ὁμοῦ καὶ γέροντες: οὐδὲν γὰρ ἄρρεν ὑπελείφθη δίχα νηπίων, ἃ μετὰ γυναικῶν ἐξηνδραποδίσαντο. [305] Τῶν μὲν οὖν ἀναιρεθέντων ἀνά τε τὴν πόλιν κἀπὶ τῆς προτέρας παρατάξεως ἀριθμὸς μύριοι πρὸς τοῖς πεντακισχιλίοις ἦν, τὰ δ' αἰχμάλωτα δισχίλια ἑκατὸν καὶ τριάκοντα. [306] Τοῦτο συνέβη τὸ πάθος Γαλιλαίοις πέμπτῃ καὶ εἰκάδι Δαισίου μηνός.

31.

289 About this time Vespasian sent Trajan, commander of the tenth legion, off with a thousand cavalry and two thousand infantry, against a city called Jaffa, near Jotapata, that was hot for revolt, buoyed up by the unexpectedly long resistance of Jotapata. 290 Reaching the city he found it hard to take, for besides the natural strength of its location, it was surrounded by a double wall, but when he saw the citizens coming out ready for battle, he fought them and pursued them, after they resisted a short while, 291 and as they fled within their first wall, the Romans followed so closely that they got in among them. 292 As they sought to get back behind their second wall, their fellow citizens shut them out, fearing that the enemy would pile in along with them. 293 God must have caused the Romans to punish the Galileans and caused the people of the city to be locked out by their own folk and killed by their bloody enemies. 294 For as they called on the gate-keepers by name, they still had their throats cut in the very midst of their request. 295 The enemy shut the gates of the outer wall and their own citizens shut the gates of the second, 296 so that, caught between two walls, they died in large numbers, many by the swords of their own men and many on their own swords, besides those who were killed by the Romans. They had no heart to defend themselves, for on top of the alarm caused by the enemy, their betrayal by their own friends quite broke their spirits. 297 Finally all twelve thousand of them were killed, cursing not the Romans, but their own people. 298 Trajan figured that the city was empty of fighting men and even if there were still a few of them, they would be too afraid to risk any opposing him, so reserving its capture for the general, he sent messengers to Vespasian, asking him to send his son Titus to complete the victory. 299 Thinking that some efforts would still be required, the latter sent his son with an army of five hundred cavalry and a thousand infantry. 300 He reached the city quickly and got his army into formation and set Trajan on the left wing, while he took the right himself and led them to the siege. 301 As the soldiers brought ladders to set against the wall on every side, the Galileans opposed them from above for a while but soon left the ramparts. 302 Then Titus's men jumped into the city and seized it, but those inside re-grouped and a fierce battle was fought between them. 303 The able-bodied attacked the Romans in the narrow streets and the women threw at them whatever came to hand304 and the opposition was kept up for six hours; but once the fighting men were finished the rest of the people had their throats cut, some in the open air and some in their own houses, young and old alike. No males survived, except infants, and they were taken into captivity as slaves along with the women. 305 The number of the fallen, both now in the city and at the preceding fighting, was fifteen thousand, and the captives were two thousand one hundred and thirty. 306 This befell the Galileans on the twenty-fifth day of the month Daesius.

= = =

[307] Ἔμειναν δὲ οὐδὲ Σαμαρεῖς ἀπείρατοι συμφορῶν: ἀθροισθέντες γὰρ ἐπὶ τὸ Γαριζεὶν καλούμενον ὄρος, ὅπερ αὐτοῖς ἐστιν ἅγιον, κατὰ χώραν μὲν ἔμενον, πολέμου δ' εἶχεν ἀπειλὴν ἥ τε σύνοδος αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ φρονήματα. [308] Καὶ οὐδὲ τοῖς γειτνιῶσι κακοῖς ἐσωφρονίζοντο, πρὸς δὲ τὰς Ῥωμαίων εὐπραγίας ἐν ἀλογίστῳ τὴν κατὰ σφᾶς ἀσθένειαν ᾤδουν καὶ μετέωροι πρὸς ταραχὴν ὑπῆρχον. [309] Ἐδόκει δὲ Οὐεσπασιανῷ φθάσαι τὸ κίνημα καὶ τὰς ὁρμὰς αὐτῶν ὑποτέμνεσθαι: καὶ γὰρ φρουραῖς ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις ὅλη διείληπτο τό τε πλῆθος τῶν ἐληλυθότων καὶ ἡ σύνταξις ἦν φοβερά. [310] Κερεάλιον οὖν ἔπαρχον ὄντα τοῦ πέμπτου τάγματος μετὰ ἑξακοσίων ἱππέων καὶ πεζῶν τρισχιλίων πέμπει. [311] Τούτῳ προσβαίνειν μὲν τὸ ὄρος καὶ συνάπτειν μάχην οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς ἔδοξεν πολλῶν καθύπερθεν τῶν πολεμίων ὄντων, κυκλωσάμενος δὲ τῇ δυνάμει πᾶσαν τὴν ὑπόρειον δι' ὅλης αὐτοὺς ἐφρούρει τῆς ἡμέρας. [312] Συνέβη δὲ ὕδατος ἀπορουμένων τῶν Σαμαρέων ἐκφλεγῆναι τότε καὶ καῦμα δεινόν, ὥρα δ' ἦν θέρους καὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων τὸ πλῆθος ἀπαράσκευον, [313] ὡς τοὺς μὲν αὐθημερὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ δίψους ἀποθανεῖν, πολλοὺς δὲ τῆς τοιαύτης ἀπωλείας τὸ δουλεύειν προαιρουμένους Ῥωμαίοις προσφυγεῖν. [314] Ἐξ ὧν συνεὶς ὁ Κερεάλιος καὶ τοὺς ἔτι συμμένοντας ὑπὸ τῶν δεινῶν κατεαγότας ἐπαναβαίνει τῷ ὄρει, καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἐν κύκλῳ περιστήσας τοῖς πολεμίοις τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐπὶ δεξιὰς προυκαλεῖτο καὶ σώζεσθαι παρεκάλει διαβεβαιούμενος ἀσφάλειαν τὰ ὅπλα ῥίψασιν: [315] ὡς δ' οὐκ ἔπειθεν, προσπεσὼν ἀπέκτεινεν πάντας, χιλίους ἑξακοσίους ἐπὶ μυρίοις ὄντας: ἑβδόμῃ καὶ εἰκάδι Δαισίου μηνὸς ἐπράχθη: Καὶ τοιαύταις μὲν συμφοραῖς Σαμαρεῖται ἐχρήσαντο.

32.

307 Nor did the Samaritans escape their share of disaster at this time. They assembled on the mountain called Garizim, which they regard as holy, and remained there, and such an assembly, as well as showing courage, could not but be a threat of war. 308 They failed to learn from the woes that had come upon their neighbouring cities, and continued their madness in face of the Romans' success, confident despite their weakness, and ready to join in any revolt as soon as it began. 309 Vespasian thought it best to prevent them from acting and to cut off their revolt from the start. For though all Samaria always had garrisons stationed among them, still the number of those who had come to Mount Garizim caused some anxiety. 310 So he sent Cerealius there, in command of the fifth legion, with six hundred cavalry and three thousand infantry. 311 The latter did not think it safe to go up to the mountain and fight them there, as many of the enemy were on the higher ground, so he surrounded all the base of the mountain with his army and kept watch on them all that day. 312 Now the Samaritans were lacking in water and parched with the violent heat, for it was summer and the people had not laid in supplies, 313 so that some of them died of heat that very day, while others preferred slavery before such a death and fled to the Romans. 314 From them Cerealius learned that those still remaining there were shattered by their misfortunes, so he went up the mountain and having surrounded the enemy with his forces, at first urged them to accept his pledge of security and come to terms and thereby save themselves, assuring them of their lives if only they laid down their weapons. 315 When he could not persuade them, he attacked them and killed all eleven thousand, six hundred of them, on the twenty-seventh day of the month Daesius. Such was the disaster of the Samaritans at this time.

= = =

[316] Τῶν δ' ἀνὰ τὰ Ἰωτάπατα καρτερούντων καὶ παρ' ἐλπίδα τοῖς δεινοῖς ἀντεχόντων τεσσαρακοστῇ μὲν ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἑβδόμῃ τὰ χώματα τῶν Ῥωμαίων ὑπερήρθη τὸ τεῖχος, [317] αὐτομολεῖ δέ τις πρὸς τὸν Οὐεσπασιανὸν τῆς αὐτῆς ἡμέρας τήν τε ὀλιγότητα τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς πόλεως ἐξαγγέλλων καὶ τὴν ἀσθένειαν, [318] καὶ ὡς ἀγρυπνίᾳ διηνεκεῖ καὶ μάχαις ἐπαλλήλοις δεδαπανημένοι δυνατοὶ μὲν εἶεν οὐδὲ βιαζομένους ἔτι φέρειν, καὶ δόλῳ δ' ἂν ἁλοῖεν, εἴ τις ἐπιθοῖτο: [319] περὶ γὰρ τὴν ἐσχάτην φυλακήν, καθ' ἣν ἄνεσίν τε τῶν δεινῶν ἐδόκουν ἔχειν καὶ καθάπτεται μάλιστα κεκοπωμένων ἑωθινὸς ὕπνος, καταδαρθάνειν ἔφασκεν τοὺς φύλακας συνεβούλευέν τε κατὰ ταύτην τὴν ὥραν ἐπελθεῖν. [320] Τῷ δ' ἦν μὲν δι' ὑπονοίας ὁ αὐτόμολος τό τε πρὸς ἀλλήλους πιστὸν εἰδότι τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὰς κολάσεις ὑπεροψίαν, [321] ἐπειδὴ καὶ πρότερον ληφθείς τις τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰωταπάτης πρὸς πᾶσαν αἰκίαν βασάνων ἀντέσχεν καὶ μηδὲν διὰ πυρὸς ἐξερευνῶσι τοῖς πολεμίοις περὶ τῶν ἔνδον εἰπὼν ἀνεσταυρώθη τοῦ θανάτου καταμειδιῶν: [322] τά γε μὴν εἰκότα πιστὸν ἐποίει τὸν προδότην, καὶ τάχα μὲν ἀληθεύειν ἐκεῖνον, μηδὲν δ' αὐτὸς ἐξ ἐνέδρας πείσεσθαι μέγα προσδοκῶν, τὸν μὲν φυλάσσειν ἐκέλευσεν, ἐπὶ δὲ τὴν κατάληψιν τῆς πόλεως παρεσκεύαζε τὴν στρατιάν.

33.

316 As the people of Jotapata still held out manfully and bore up beyond all expectation under their predicament, by the forty-seventh day the earthworks put up by the Romans were higher than the wall. 317 That day a deserter went to Vespasian and told him how few were left in the city and how weak they were, 318 worn out with continual vigilance and fighting, and unable to oppose any force assaulting them, and that they could he taken by a ruse. 319 If they were attacked about the last watch of the night, as they were resting from their woes and slumbering at dawn, the sentries would be asleep, so he advised an attack at that hour. 320 But he suspected this deserter, knowing how faithful the Jews were to each other and how they scorned the punishments they might suffer, 321 for another Jotapatan had endured all sorts of torments while being interrogated under torture, and had told them nothing about the situation inside the city and smiled at them even as he was crucified. 322 In all likelihood what the deserter said was right, so they thought he might be telling the truth; but Vespasian wished to avoid being damaged if it was false and told them to keep the man in custody as he prepared the army to take the city.

GK ********

34.

323 They marched silently to the wall, at the aforementioned hour, 324 and it was Titus himself who first got up on it, with one of his tribunes, Domitius Sabinus and a few of the fifteenth legion. 325 They cut the throats of the sentries and entered the city very quietly. After these came Cerealius the tribune and Placidus, leading their men. 326 When the citadel was taken and the enemy were in the very middle of the city at daybreak, the people were still unaware of their city's capture, 327 Many of them were fast asleep and a great fog, which happened to fall over the city, hindered the ones who were awake from seeing their predicament clearly. 328 They woke up after the whole army had entered, to find the extent of their disaster, and only as they were being killed did they see that the city had been taken. 329 Recalling all that they had suffered during the siege, the Romans spared nobody and showed no mercy, but drove the people down the precipice from the citadel, killing them as they went. 330 The difficulties of the place hindered those who were still able to fight from defending themselves, for they were blocked in the narrow streets and could not keep their footing along the precipice, and were crushed by the warring crowds streaming down from the citadel. 331 This drove many, even of the elite men around Josephus, to kill themselves with their own hands, for when they saw themselves unable to kill any of the Romans, and determined not to let themselves be killed by Roman hands, they gathered in the outskirts of the city and committed suicide.

= = =

[323] Κατὰ δὲ τὴν μηνυθεῖσαν ὥραν ᾔεσαν ἡσυχῆ πρὸς τὸ τεῖχος. [324] Καὶ πρῶτος ἐπιβαίνει Τίτος σὺν ἑνὶ τῶν χιλιάρχων Δομετίῳ Σαβίνῳ τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ πέμπτου καὶ δεκάτου τάγματος ὀλίγους ἄγων: [325] ἀποσφάξαντες δὲ τοὺς φύλακας εἰσίασιν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, μεθ' οὓς Σέκστος τις Καλουάριος χιλίαρχος καὶ Πλάκιδος τοὺς ὑπὸ σφίσι τεταγμένους εἰσῆγον. [326] Κατειλημμένης δὲ τῆς ἄκρας καὶ τῶν πολεμίων ἐν μέσῳ στρεφομένων, ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἡμέρας οὔσης, ὅμως οὔπω τῆς ἁλώσεως τοῖς κρατουμένοις αἴσθησις ἦν: [327] Καμάτῳ τε γὰρ οἱ πολλοὶ καὶ ὕπνῳ διαλέλυντο, καὶ τῶν διανισταμένων ὁμίχλη τὰς ὄψεις ἀπήμβλυνεν πολλὴ κατὰ τύχην τότε τῇ πόλει περιχυθεῖσα, [328] μέχρι πάσης τῆς στρατιᾶς εἰσπεσούσης πρὸς μόνην τὴν τῶν κακῶν αἴσθησιν ἐξανέστησαν καὶ τὴν ἅλωσιν ἐπίστευον ἀναιρούμενοι. [329] Ῥωμαίους δὲ κατὰ μνήμην ὧν ἐκ τῆς πολιορκίας ἔπαθον οὔτε φειδὼ εἰσῄει τινὸς οὔτ' ἔλεος, ἀλλ' εἰς τὸ κάταντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἄκρας τὸν λεὼ συνωθοῦντες ἐφόνευον. [330] Ἔνθα καὶ τοὺς ἔτι μάχεσθαι δυναμένους ἡ δυσχωρία τὴν ἄμυναν ἀφείλετο: θλιβόμενοι γὰρ ἐν τοῖς στενωποῖς καὶ κατὰ τοῦ πρανοῦς ὑπολισθάνοντες ῥέοντι κατ' ἄκρας ἐκαλύπτοντο τῷ πολέμῳ. [331] Τοῦτο πολλοὺς καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἰώσηπον ἐπιλέκτων ἐπ' αὐτοχειρίαν παρώξυνεν: κατιδόντες γάρ, ὡς οὐδένα τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀνελεῖν δύνανται, τό γε πεσεῖν αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων προέλαβον καὶ συναθροισθέντες ἐπὶ τὰ καταλήγοντα τῆς πόλεως σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀνεῖλον.

35.

= = =

[332] Ὅσοι γε μὴν ὑπὸ πρώτην τῆς καταλήψεως αἴσθησιν τῶν φυλάκων διαφυγεῖν ἔφθασαν ἀναβάντες εἴς τινα τῶν προσαρκτίων πύργων μέχρι μέν τινος ἀπημύναντο, περισχεθέντες δὲ πλήθει τῶν πολεμίων ὀψὲ παρεῖσαν τὰς δεξιὰς καὶ τοῖς ἐφεστῶσιν τὴν σφαγὴν εὔθυμοι παρέσχον. [333] Ἀναίμακτον δ' ἂν ἦν αὐχῆσαι Ῥωμαίοις τὸ τέλος τῆς πολιορκίας, εἰ μὴ κατὰ τὴν ἅλωσιν εἷς ἔπεσέν τις: ἑκατοντάρχης ἦν Ἀντώνιος, θνήσκει δ' ἐξ ἐνέδρας. [334] Τῶν γὰρ εἰς τὰ σπήλαιά τις συμπεφευγότων, πολλοὶ δ' οὗτοι πλῆθος ἦσαν, ἱκετεύει τὸν Ἀντώνιον ὀρέξαι δεξιὰν αὐτῷ πίστιν τε σωτηρίας καὶ βοήθειαν πρὸς ἄνοδον: [335] Ὁ δ' ἀφυλάκτως ὤρεγε τὴν χεῖρα, καὶ φθάσας αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνος νύττει κάτωθεν ὑπὸ τὸν βουβῶνα δόρατι καὶ παραχρῆμα διεργάζεται.

332 Those of the sentries who first saw that capture was imminent fled as fast as they could, and going up into one of the towers on the northern side of the city defended themselves there for a while. Surrounded by a throng of enemies, they tried to use their weapons when it was too late and in the end willingly offered their necks to the blades of those who stood over them. 333 The Romans might even been able to boast that this siege ended without any bloodshed on their side, except for a centurion named Antonius who was killed by treachery. 334 For one of the many who fled to the caves asked Antonius to reach him his hand as a guarantee to spare him and help him to come out. 335 When, incautiously, he reached him his hand, the other quickly stabbed him with a spear in the groin, killing him instantly.

= = =

[336] Κατ' ἐκείνην μὲν οὖν τὴν ἡμέραν τὸ φανερὸν πλῆθος ἀνεῖλον οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι, ταῖς δ' ἐπιούσαις ἀνερευνώμενοι τὰς καταδύσεις τοὺς ἐν τοῖς ὑπονόμοις καὶ τοῖς σπηλαίοις ἐπεξῄεσαν καὶ διὰ πάσης ἐχώρουν ἡλικίας πλὴν νηπίων καὶ γυναικῶν. [337] Καὶ τὰ μὲν αἰχμάλωτα χίλια πρὸς τοῖς διακοσίοις συνήχθη, νεκροὶ δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἅλωσιν καὶ τὰς πρότερον μάχας συνηριθμήθησαν τετρακισμύριοι. [338] Οὐεσπασιανὸς δὲ τήν τε πόλιν κατασκάψαι κελεύει καὶ τὰ φρούρια πάντα προσεμπίπρησιν αὐτῆς. [339] Ἰωτάπατα μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἑάλω τρεισκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς Νέρωνος ἡγεμονίας ἔτει Πανέμου νουμηνίᾳ.

36.

336 That day the Romans killed all the people they found, and on the following days they searched the hiding-places and attacked the people who were under ground and in the caves and treated people of all ages the same, except the infants and the women, 337 of whom twelve hundred were taken captive, while forty thousand were killed at the taking of the city and in the fighting leading up to it. 338 Vespasian ordered the city to be entirely demolished and all the fortifications burned down. 339 That is how Jotapata was taken, in the thirteenth year of the reign of Nero, on the first day of the month Panemus.

Chapter 08. [340-408]
Josephus surrenders to the Romans. His prediction about Vespasian, and his subsequent treatment

[340] Ῥωμαῖοι δὲ τὸν Ἰώσηπον ἀναζητοῦντες κατά τε ὀργὴν σφετέραν καὶ σφόδρα τοῦ στρατηγοῦ φιλοτιμουμένου, μεγίστη γὰρ ἦν μοῖρα τοῦ πολέμου ληφθείς, τούς τε νεκροὺς διηρεύνων καὶ τοὺς ἀποκρύφους. [341] Ὁ δὲ τῆς πόλεως ἁλισκομένης δαιμονίῳ τινὶ συνεργίᾳ χρησάμενος μέσον μὲν ἑαυτὸν ἐκκλέπτει τῶν πολεμίων, καθάλλεται δὲ εἴς τινα βαθὺν λάκκον, ᾧ πλατὺ σπήλαιον διέζευκτο κατὰ πλευρὰν τοῖς ἄνωθεν ἀόρατον. [342] Ἔνθα τεσσαράκοντα μὲν τῶν ἐπισήμων ἄνδρας καταλαμβάνει λανθάνοντας, παρασκευὴν δ' ἐπιτηδείων οὐκ ὀλίγαις ἡμέραις διαρκεῖν δυναμένην. [343] Μεθ' ἡμέραν μὲν οὖν ὑπεστέλλετο τῶν πολεμίων πάντα διειληφότων, νυκτὸς δ' ἀνιὼν ἐζήτει δρασμοῦ διάδυσιν καὶ τὰς φυλακὰς κατεσκέπτετο. Φρουρουμένων δὲ πανταχόθεν πάντων δι' αὐτὸν ὡς λαθεῖν οὐκ ἦν, αὖθις εἰς τὸ σπήλαιον κατῄει. [344] Δύο μὲν οὖν ἡμέραις διαλανθάνει, τῇ δὲ τρίτῃ γυναικὸς ἁλούσης τῶν ἅμα αὐτοῖς μηνύεται, καὶ Οὐεσπασιανὸς αὐτίκα μετὰ σπουδῆς πέμπει δύο χιλιάρχους Παυλῖνον καὶ Γαλλικανόν, δεξιάς τε τῷ Ἰωσήπῳ δοῦναι κελεύσας καὶ προτρεψομένους ἀνελθεῖν.

340 The Romans were searching for Josephus, in a rage at him and because their general wanted him captured, and reckoning that taking him would influence the outcome of the war, they searched among the dead and into the most concealed recesses of the city341 However, as the city was collapsing he was helped by a supernatural force, for he pulled back from the very middle of enemy and jumped into a deep pit, to one side of which was a large cave which was invisible from above ground. 342 There he found forty prominent people in hiding, with enough provisions for many days. 343 So during the day he hid from the enemy, who had captured the whole place, and at night he got up from the cave and looked round for some way of escape, carefully noting where the sentries were. But there was no way to escape unseen, since on account of him all routes everywhere were guarded, so he returned to the cave. 344 There he remained hidden for two days, but on the third day he was betrayed, when they captured a woman who had been with them. Vespasian quickly sent two tribunes, Paulinus and Gallicanus, with orders to give Josephus a promise to spare his life and to urge him to come up.

= = =

[345] Ἀφικόμενοι γοῦν παρεκάλουν οὗτοι τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ πίστεις περὶ σωτηρίας ἐδίδοσαν, οὐ μὴν ἔπειθον: [346] ἐκ γὰρ ὧν εἰκὸς ἦν τοσαῦτα δράσαντα παθεῖν, οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ φύσει τῶν παρακαλούντων ἡμέρου τὰς ὑποψίας συνέλεγεν ἐδεδίει τε ὡς ἐπὶ τιμωρίαν προκαλουμένους, ἕως Οὐεσπασιανὸς τρίτον ἐπιπέμπει χιλίαρχον Νικάνορα γνώριμον τῷ Ἰωσήπῳ καὶ συνήθη πάλαι. [347] Παρελθὼν δ' οὗτος τό τε φύσει Ῥωμαίων χρηστὸν πρὸς οὓς ἂν ἅπαξ ἕλωσι διεξῄει, καὶ ὡς δι' ἀρετὴν αὐτὸς θαυμάζοιτο μᾶλλον ἢ μισοῖτο πρὸς τῶν ἡγεμόνων, [348] σπουδάζειν τε τὸν στρατηγὸν οὐκ ἐπὶ τιμωρίαν ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτόν, εἶναι γὰρ ταύτην καὶ παρὰ μὴ προιόντος λαβεῖν, ἀλλὰ σῶσαι προαιρούμενον ἄνδρα γενναῖον. [349] Προσετίθει δ' ὡς οὔτ' ἂν Οὐεσπασιανὸς ἐνεδρεύων φίλον ἔπεμπεν, ἵνα τοῦ κακίστου πράγματος προστήσηται τὸ κάλλιστον, ἀπιστίας φιλίαν, οὐδ' ἂν αὐτὸς ἀπατήσων ἄνδρα φίλον ὑπήκουσεν ἐλθεῖν.

345 So they came and invited the man to come up, assuring him that his life would be spared, but they could not persuade him. 346 His suspicions arose not from the mild temper of those who invited him but from the likelihood that one who had done such things as he had must suffer for it. His fear that he was being invited to come up to be executed lasted until Vespasian sent him a third tribune, Nicanor, a former acquaintance and friend of Josephus. 347 He arrived and described the innate mildness of the Romans towards the defeated, assuring him that he had behaved so valiantly that the officers rather admired than hated him. 348 The general wanted him brought to him, not in order to punish him, for he could do this even should he not come freely, but because he preferred to save a gallant man. 349 He added that Vespasian, had he wished to entrap him, would not have sent a friend to him, nor put a fair cloak on a foul deed by masking treachery with friendship; nor would he himself have agreed to come in order to deceive his friend.

= = =

[350] Ἐνδοιάζοντος δὲ τοῦ Ἰωσήπου καὶ πρὸς τὸν Νικάνορα τὸ μὲν στρατιωτικὸν ὑπ' ὀργῆς ἐκκαίειν τὸ σπήλαιον ὥρμητο, κατεῖχεν δ' αὐτοὺς ὁ πολέμαρχος ζωγρῆσαι τὸν ἄνδρα φιλοτιμούμενος. [351] Ὡς δ' ὅ τε Νικάνωρ προσέκειτο λιπαρῶν καὶ τὰς ἀπειλὰς τοῦ πολεμίου πλήθους ὁ Ἰώσηπος ἔμαθεν, ἀνάμνησις αὐτὸν τῶν διὰ νυκτὸς ὀνείρων εἰσέρχεται, δι' ὧν ὁ θεὸς τάς τε μελλούσας αὐτῷ συμφορὰς προεσήμαινεν Ἰουδαίων καὶ τὰ περὶ τοὺς Ῥωμαίων βασιλεῖς ἐσόμενα. [352] Ἦν δὲ καὶ περὶ κρίσεις ὀνείρων ἱκανὸς συμβαλεῖν τὰ ἀμφιβόλως ὑπὸ τοῦ θείου λεγόμενα, τῶν γε μὴν ἱερῶν βίβλων οὐκ ἠγνόει τὰς προφητείας ὡς ἂν αὐτός τε ὢν ἱερεὺς καὶ ἱερέων ἔγγονος: [353] ὧν ἐπὶ τῆς τότε ὥρας ἔνθους γενόμενος καὶ τὰ φρικώδη τῶν προσφάτων ὀνείρων σπάσας φαντάσματα προσφέρει τῷ θεῷ λεληθυῖαν εὐχήν, [354] κἀπειδὴ τὸ Ἰουδαίων, ἔφη, φῦλον ὀκλάσαι δοκεῖ σοι τῷ κτίσαντι, μετέβη δὲ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἡ τύχη πᾶσα, καὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχὴν ἐπελέξω τὰ μέλλοντα εἰπεῖν, δίδωμι μὲν Ῥωμαίοις τὰς χεῖρας ἑκὼν καὶ ζῶ, μαρτύρομαι δὲ ὡς οὐ προδότης, ἀλλὰ σὸς εἶμι διάκονος."

350 As Josephus hesitated about Nicanor's proposal, the soldiers in their anger tried to set fire to the cave, but the tribune would not let them, being anxious to take the man alive. 351 While Nicanor was trying to get him to agree and he saw how many enemies threatened him, Josephus called to mind what he had dreamt in the night, how God had shown him in advance the future troubles of the Jews and what concerned the Roman emperors. 352 He had skill in interpreting mysterious dreams coming from God, being a priest himself and descended from priests, and familiar with the prophecies in the sacred books. 353 Just then he was in an ecstatic state, and recalling the tremendous images of his recent dreams he secretly prayed to God, 354 "Since it pleases you, Creator of the Jewish nation, to break what you have made, and all their good fortune has gone over to the Romans, and you have chosen this soul of mine to foretell what is later to happen, I willingly surrender to the Romans to go on living, not as a deserter but as your servant."

[355] Ταῦτ' εἰπὼν ἐνεδίδου τῷ Νικάνορι: Καὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων οἱ συγκαταφυγόντες ὡς τὸν Ἰώσηπον συνίεσαν εἴκοντα τοῖς παρακαλοῦσιν, [356] ἀθρόοι περιστάντες, "ἦ μεγάλα γ' ἂν στενάξειαν, ἐβόων, οἱ πάτριοι νόμοι, οὓς κατέφησεν θεὸς Ἰουδαίοις ὁ κτίσας ψυχὰς θανάτου καταφρονούσας. [357] Φιλοζωεῖς, ὦ Ἰώσηπε, καὶ φῶς ὑπομένεις ὁρᾶν δοῦλον; ὡς ταχέως ἐπελάθου σαυτοῦ. Πόσους ὑπὲρ ἐλευθερίας ἀποθνήσκειν ἔπεισας. [358] Ψευδῆ μὲν ἄρα δόξαν ἀνδρείας, ψευδῆ δὲ καὶ συνέσεως εἶχες, εἴ γε σωτηρίαν μὲν ἔχειν ἐλπίζεις παρ' οἷς οὕτως ἐπολέμησας, σώζεσθαι δὲ ὑπ' ἐκείνων, κἂν ᾖ βέβαιον, θέλεις. [359] Ἀλλ' εἰ καὶ σοὶ λήθην σεαυτοῦ κατέχεεν ἡ Ῥωμαίων τύχη, προνοητέον ἡμῖν τοῦ πατρίου κλέους. Χρήσομέν σοι δεξιὰν καὶ ξίφος: σὺ δ' ἂν μὲν ἑκὼν θνήσκῃς, Ἰουδαίων στρατηγός, ἂν δ' ἄκων, προδότης [360] τεθνήξῃ." Tαῦθ' ἅμα λέγοντες ἐπανετείναντο τὰ ξίφη καὶ διηπείλουν ἀναιρήσειν αὐτόν, εἰ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἐνδιδοίη.

355 Saying this, he accepted Nicanor's invitation. But when the Jews who had fled with him understood that Josephus was yielding to the offer, they surrounded him in a body and cried out, 356 "Now may our ancestral customs, and God himself, well groan - God who created the souls of Jews to despise death!357 Josephus, are you so fond of life? Can you bear to see the light in a state of slavery? How soon have you forgotten yourself! How many have you persuaded to give their lives for liberty! 358 Your famous bravery is false and likewise false is your famous wisdom, if you can hope for safety from those whom you have fought so hard, and are even willing to be spared by them, if it is true. 359 But if the fortune of the Romans has made you forget yourself, we will not see the glory of our ancestors tarnished. We will lend you a right hand and a sword. If you die willingly, you will die as general of the Jews, but if unwillingly, you will die as a traitor to them. " 360 When they said this, they began to point their swords at him and threatened to kill him, if he thought of surrendering to the Romans.

= = =

[361] Δείσας δὲ τὴν ἔφοδον ὁ Ἰώσηπος καὶ προδοσίαν ἡγούμενος εἶναι τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ προσταγμάτων, εἰ προαποθάνοι τῆς διαγγελίας, ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτοὺς φιλοσοφεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀνάγκης: [362] "τί γὰρ τοσοῦτον, ἔφη, σφῶν αὐτῶν, ἑταῖροι, φονῶμεν; ἢ τί τὰ φίλτατα διαστασιάζομεν, σῶμα καὶ ψυχήν; ἠλλάχθαι τις ἐμέ φησιν. [363] Ἀλλ' οἴδασιν Ῥωμαῖοι τοῦτό γε: Καλὸν ἐν πολέμῳ θνήσκειν, ἀλλὰ πολέμου νόμῳ, τουτέστιν ὑπὸ τῶν κρατούντων. [364] Εἰ μὲν οὖν τὸν Ῥωμαίων ἀποστρέφομαι σίδηρον, ἄξιος ἀληθῶς εἰμι τοὐμοῦ ξίφους καὶ χειρὸς τῆς ἐμῆς: εἰ δ' ἐκείνους εἰσέρχεται φειδὼ πολεμίου, πόσῳ δικαιότερον ἂν ἡμᾶς ἡμῶν αὐτῶν εἰσέλθοι; καὶ γὰρ ἠλίθιον ταῦτα δρᾶν σφᾶς αὐτούς, περὶ ὧν πρὸς ἐκείνους διιστάμεθα. [365] Καλὸν γὰρ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἀποθνήσκειν: φημὶ κἀγώ, μαχομένους μέντοι, καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀφαιρουμένων αὐτήν. Νῦν δ' οὔτ' εἰς μάχην ἀντιάζουσιν ἡμῖν οὔτ' ἀναιροῦσιν ἡμᾶς: δειλὸς δὲ ὁμοίως ὅ τε μὴ βουλόμενος θνήσκειν ὅταν δέῃ καὶ ὁ βουλόμενος, ὅταν μὴ δέῃ. [366] Τί δὲ καὶ δεδοικότες πρὸς Ῥωμαίους οὐκ ἄνιμεν; [367] ἆρ' οὐχὶ θάνατον; εἶθ' ὃν δεδοίκαμεν ἐκ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὑποπτευόμενον ἑαυτοῖς βέβαιον ἐπιστήσομεν; ἀλλὰ δουλείαν, ἐρεῖ τις. Πάνυ γοῦν νῦν ἐσμὲν ἐλεύθεροι. [368] Γενναῖον γὰρ ἀνελεῖν ἑαυτόν, φήσει τις. Οὐ μὲν οὖν, ἀλλ' ἀγενέστατον, ὡς ἔγωγε καὶ κυβερνήτην ἡγοῦμαι δειλότατον, ὅστις χειμῶνα δεδοικὼς πρὸ τῆς θυέλλης ἐβάπτισεν ἑκὼν τὸ σκάφος. [369] Ἀλλὰ μὴν ἡ αὐτοχειρία καὶ τῆς κοινῆς ἁπάντων ζῴων φύσεως ἀλλότριον καὶ πρὸς τὸν κτίσαντα θεὸν ἡμᾶς ἐστιν ἀσέβεια. [370] Τῶν μέν γε ζῴων οὐδέν ἐστιν ὃ θνήσκει μετὰ προνοίας ἢ δι' αὐτοῦ: φύσεως γὰρ νόμος ἰσχυρὸς ἐν ἅπασιν τὸ ζῆν ἐθέλειν: διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοὺς φανερῶς ἀφαιρουμένους ἡμᾶς τούτου πολεμίους ἡγούμεθα καὶ τοὺς ἐξ ἐνέδρας τιμωρούμεθα. [371] Τὸν δὲ θεὸν οὐκ οἴεσθε ἀγανακτεῖν, ὅταν ἄνθρωπος αὐτοῦ τὸ δῶρον ὑβρίζῃ; καὶ γὰρ εἰλήφαμεν παρ' ἐκείνου τὸ εἶναι καὶ τὸ μηκέτι εἶναι πάλιν ἐκείνῳ δίδομεν. [372] Τὰ μέν γε σώματα θνητὰ πᾶσιν καὶ ἐκ φθαρτῆς ὕλης δεδημιούργηται, ψυχὴ δὲ ἀθάνατος ἀεὶ καὶ θεοῦ μοῖρα τοῖς σώμασιν ἐνοικίζεται: εἶτ' ἐὰν μὲν ἀφανίσῃ τις ἀνθρώπου παρακαταθήκην ἢ διαθῆται κακῶς, πονηρὸς εἶναι δοκεῖ καὶ ἄπιστος, εἰ δέ τις τοῦ σφετέρου σώματος ἐκβάλλει τὴν παρακαταθήκην τοῦ θεοῦ, λεληθέναι δοκεῖ τὸν ἀδικούμενον; [373] Καὶ κολάζειν μὲν τοὺς ἀποδράντας οἰκέτας δίκαιον νενόμισται κἂν πονηροὺς καταλείπωσι δεσπότας, αὐτοὶ δὲ κάλλιστον δεσπότην ἀποδιδράσκοντες τὸν θεὸν οὐ δοκοῦμεν ἀσεβεῖν; [374] ἆρ' οὐκ ἴστε ὅτι τῶν μὲν ἐξιόντων τοῦ βίου κατὰ τὸν τῆς φύσεως νόμον καὶ τὸ ληφθὲν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ χρέος ἐκτινύντων, ὅταν ὁ δοὺς κομίσασθαι θέλῃ, κλέος μὲν αἰώνιον, οἶκοι δὲ καὶ γενεαὶ βέβαιοι, καθαραὶ δὲ καὶ ἐπήκοοι μένουσιν αἱ ψυχαί, χῶρον οὐράνιον λαχοῦσαι τὸν ἁγιώτατον, ἔνθεν ἐκ περιτροπῆς αἰώνων ἁγνοῖς πάλιν ἀντενοικίζονται σώμασιν: [375] ὅσοις δὲ καθ' ἑαυτῶν ἐμάνησαν αἱ χεῖρες, τούτων ᾅδης μὲν δέχεται τὰς ψυχὰς σκοτεινότερος, ὁ δὲ τούτων πατὴρ θεὸς εἰς ἐγγόνους τιμωρεῖται τοὺς τῶν πατέρων ὑβριστάς. [376] Διὰ τοῦτο μεμίσηται παρὰ θεῷ τοῦτο καὶ παρὰ τῷ σοφωτάτῳ κολάζεται νομοθέτῃ: [377] τοὺς γοῦν ἀναιροῦντας ἑαυτοὺς παρὰ μὲν ἡμῖν μέχρις ἡλίου δύσεως ἀτάφους ἐκρίπτειν ἔκριναν καίτοι καὶ πολεμίους θάπτειν θεμιτὸν ἡγούμενοι, [378] παρ' ἑτέροις δὲ καὶ τὰς δεξιὰς τῶν τοιούτων νεκρῶν ἀποκόπτειν ἐκέλευσαν, αἷς ἐστρατεύσαντο καθ' ἑαυτῶν, ἡγούμενοι καθάπερ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ψυχῆς ἀλλότριον, οὕτως καὶ τὴν χεῖρα τοῦ σώματος. [379] Καλὸν οὖν, ἑταῖροι, δίκαια φρονεῖν καὶ μὴ ταῖς ἀνθρωπίναις συμφοραῖς προσθεῖναι τὴν εἰς τὸν κτίσαντα ἡμᾶς δυσσέβειαν. [380] Εἰ σώζεσθαι δοκεῖ, σωζώμεθα: καὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἄδοξος ἡ σωτηρία παρ' οἷς διὰ τοσούτων ἔργων ἐπεδειξάμεθα τὰς ἀρετάς: εἰ τεθνάναι, καλὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἑλόντων. [381] Οὐ μεταβήσομαι δ' ἐγὼ εἰς τὴν τῶν πολεμίων τάξιν, ἵν' ἐμαυτοῦ προδότης γένωμαι: καὶ γὰρ ἂν εἴην πολὺ τῶν αὐτομολούντων πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἠλιθιώτερος, εἴ γ' ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τοῦτο πράττουσιν, ἐγὼ δὲ ἐπὶ ἀπωλείᾳ, καί γε τῇ ἐμαυτοῦ. [382] Τὴν μέντοι Ῥωμαίων ἐνέδραν εὔχομαι: μετὰ γὰρ δεξιὰν ἀναιρούμενος ὑπ' αὐτῶν εὔθυμος τεθνήξομαι, τὴν τῶν ψευσαμένων ἀπιστίαν νίκης μείζονα ἀποφέρων παραμυθίαν."

361 Fearing they would attack him but reckoning it would unfaithful to God's command to die before delivering his message, Josephus began to reason out of necessity. 362 "Friends, are we so eager to kill ourselves? Why be so eager to separate those dear companions soul and body? 363 Some say I am a changed man, but the Romans know the truth about that. Yes, it is noble to die in war, but let it be by the hand of the victors, according to the law of war. 364 If I flinch from death by the Roman sword, I deserve to die by my own sword and my own hand, but if it occurs to them to show mercy to an enemy, how much more ought we have to spare ourselves? It would be folly to do to ourselves what we fight to stop them from doing to us. 365 It is a brave thing to die for freedom, but I say, let it be done in war and by those who take that freedom from us. But now they come neither to fight us nor to kill us. Whoever is willing to die when he is not obliged to do so is as much a coward as one who is unwilling to die when he ought to. 366 If we won't surrender to the Romans, what are we afraid of? Is it death? 367 If so, why do we fear it when we only suspect that our enemies will kill us, and yet would inflict it for certain upon ourselves? Or slavery, perhaps? But how free are we at present? 368 Some say that suicide is noble. I say, no, it is most ignoble! I would reckon a helmsman to be very cowardly, if, terrified by a storm, he deliberately sinks his own ship. 369 Now suicide is a crime alien to the nature of all animals and an impiety towards God our Creator. 370 No animal wants its own death or kills itself, for the will to live is a strong law of nature, and for this reason we brand as our enemies those who take our life openly, and punish those who try to do so by stealth. 371 Don't you think that God is angry if a human being scorns his gift? For it is from him that we received our being and we should leave it to him when to take it away. 372 Bodies are indeed mortal, created from corruptible matter, but the soul is immortal and a part of God dwells in our bodies. So if ir is reckoned wicked and wrong to destroy or abuse a deposit entrusted by a mere mortal, what if one should throw away this divine deposit? Can we escape from the One who is thereby affronted? 373 If the law rightly ordains that slaves who run away from wicked masters must be punished, is it not impious to run away from God, the best of all masters? 374 Surely you know that eternal fame belongs to those who leave this life according to the law of nature and pay the debt to God, when it pleases the lender to require it back again. Their houses and descendants are secure, their souls are pure and obedient and receive a holy place in heaven, from which, as the ages turn, they are reinfused into pure bodies? 375 But the souls of those who madly raise hands against themselves go to the darkest place in Hades, even while God, their Father, punishes this outrage in their descendants. 376 Therefore this crime is hateful to God and is punished by our wise Legislator. 377 Our laws decree that the bodies of any who kill themselves must be exposed until sunset, without burial, even though they allow us to bury our enemies in war. 378 The laws of other nations also have the hands of such people cut off when they are dead, for raising them against themselves, and as the body was severed from the soul, so must the hand be severed from the body. 379 My friends, we should reason justly and not add impiety towards our Creator to the woes that others inflict on us. 380 If we wish to save ourselves, let us do so, for it is not ignoble to be spared by those to whom we have given such proofs of our courage. But if we wish to die, let it be by the hand of our conquerors. 381 For my part, I will not cross over to the enemy side in order betray myself, for then I would be much more foolish than those who deserted to the enemy, since they did it to save themselves and I would do it for destruction, my own destruction! 382 I pray that the Romans are setting a trap for us. For if, after pledging their word, they should kill me, I shall die cheerfully, taking their lying treachery as a consolation greater than victory itself. "

= = =

[383] Ὁ μὲν οὖν Ἰώσηπος πολλὰ τοιαῦτα πρὸς ἀποτροπὴν τῆς αὐτοχειρίας ἔλεγεν: [384] οἱ δὲ πεφραγμένας ἀπογνώσει τὰς ἀκοὰς ἔχοντες ὡς ἂν πάλαι καθοσιώσαντες ἑαυτοὺς τῷ θανάτῳ παρωξύνοντο πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ προστρέχων ἄλλος ἄλλοθεν ξιφήρεις ἐκάκιζόν τε εἰς ἀνανδρίαν καὶ ὡς ἕκαστος αὐτίκα πλήξων δῆλος ἦν. [385] Ὁ δὲ τὸν μὲν ὀνομαστὶ καλῶν, τῷ δὲ στρατηγικώτερον ἐμβλέπων, τοῦ δὲ δρασσόμενος τῆς δεξιᾶς, ὃν δὲ δεήσει δυσωπῶν, καὶ ποικίλοις διαιρούμενος πάθεσιν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀνάγκης εἶργεν ἀπὸ τῆς σφαγῆς πάντων τὸν σίδηρον, ὥσπερ τὰ κυκλωθέντα τῶν θηρίων ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸν καθαπτόμενον ἀντιστρεφόμενος. [386] Τῶν δὲ καὶ παρὰ τὰς ἐσχάτας συμφορὰς ἔτι τὸν στρατηγὸν αἰδουμένων παρελύοντο μὲν αἱ δεξιαί, περιωλίσθανεν δὲ τὰ ξίφη, καὶ πολλοὶ τὰς ῥομφαίας ἐπιφέροντες αὐτομάτως παρεῖσαν.

383 Josephus proposed these and similar motives to stop them from killing themselves. 384 However, as they had long since devoted themselves to die, desperation had shut their ears and they were angry with him and ran at him from all sides with sword in hand, calling him a coward, each seeming ready to strike him. 385 But he called one of them by name and looked imperiously on another and took a third by the hand and made a fourth ashamed of himself, asking him to hold off. In this way, moved by various passions, as was natural in such great distress, he blocked each of their swords from killing him, just as a wild beast surrounded on sides, turns against the last who touches it. 386 The hands of some were weakened by their respect for their general, even in his extremity, and their swords dropped from their hands, and others, when they aimed to strike him with their swords, were neither willing or able to do so.

= = =

[387] Ὁ δ' ἐν ταῖς ἀμηχανίαις οὐκ ἠπόρησεν ἐπινοίας, ἀλλὰ πιστεύων τῷ κηδεμόνι θεῷ τὴν σωτηρίαν παραβάλλεται, [388] κἀπεὶ δέδοκται τὸ θνήσκειν, ἔφη, φέρε κλήρῳ τὰς ἀλλήλων σφαγὰς ἐπιτρέψωμεν, [389] ὁ λαχὼν δ' ὑπὸ τοῦ μετ' αὐτὸν πιπτέτω, καὶ διοδεύσει πάντων οὕτως ἡ τύχη, μηδ' ἐπὶ τῆς ἰδίας κείσθω δεξιᾶς ἕκαστος: ἄδικον γὰρ οἰχομένων τινὰ τῶν ἄλλων μετανοήσαντα σωθῆναι." πιστὸς ἔδοξεν ταῦτα εἰπὼν καὶ συνεκληροῦτο πείσας. [390] ἑτοίμην δ' ὁ λαχὼν τῷ μεθ' αὑτὸν παρεῖχεν τὴν σφαγὴν ὡς αὐτίκα τεθνηξομένου καὶ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ: ζωῆς γὰρ ἡδίω τὸν μετὰ [τοῦ] Ἰωσήπου θάνατον ἡγοῦντο. [391] Καταλείπεται δ' οὗτος εἴτε ὑπὸ τύχης χρὴ λέγειν, εἴτε ὑπὸ θεοῦ προνοίας σὺν ἑτέρῳ, καὶ σπουδάζων μήθ' ὑπὸ τοῦ κλήρου καταδικασθῆναι μήτε, εἰ τελευταῖος λείποιτο, μιᾶναι τὴν δεξιὰν ὁμοφύλῳ φόνῳ πείθει κἀκεῖνον ἐπὶ πίστει ζῆν.

= = =

387 Even in his extreme distress, his usual prudence did not desert him, but trusting to the providence of God, he risked his life with the words:388 "Since you are resolved to die, come on, let our deaths be decided by lot. Let him to whom the first lot falls be killed by him that draws the second lot, and so fate shall progress through us all and none of us need die by his own hand, for it would be unfair if, when the rest are gone, the last one should repent and escape. " This proposal seemed fair to them and he also drew lots like the rest. 389 He who drew the first lot laid bare his neck to him who drew the next, thinking that the general would soon die among them, 390 for they thought death sweeter than life, if only Josephus died with them. Whether we should say it happened by chance, or by the providence of God, he was left to the last, along with one other. 391 Since he neither wanted to be condemned by the lot, nor, if he were left to the last, to stain his hand with the blood of his countryman, by a pledge he persuaded him to live.

= = =

[392] Ὁ μὲν οὖν οὕτως τόν τε Ῥωμαίων καὶ τὸν οἰκείων διαφυγὼν πόλεμον ἐπὶ Οὐεσπασιανὸν ἤγετο ὑπὸ [τοῦ] Νικάνορος. [393] Οἱ δὲ Ῥωμαῖοι πάντες ἐπὶ θέαν αὐτοῦ συνέτρεχον, καὶ τοῦ πλήθους συνθλιβομένου περὶ τῷ στρατηγῷ θόρυβος ἦν ποικίλος, τῶν μὲν γεγηθότων ἐπὶ τῷ ληφθέντι, τῶν δ' ἀπειλούντων, τῶν δ' ἐγγύθεν ἰδεῖν βιαζομένων. [394] Καὶ οἱ μὲν πόρρωθεν κολάζειν ἐβόων τὸν πολέμιον, τῶν δὲ πλησίον ἀνάμνησις αὐτοῦ τῶν ἔργων εἰσῄει καὶ πρὸς τὴν μεταβολὴν θάμβος, [395] τῶν τε ἡγεμόνων οὐδεὶς ἦν, ὃς εἰ καὶ πρότερον ὠργίζετο, τότε πρὸς τὴν ὄψιν οὐκ ἐνέδωκεν αὐτοῦ. [396] Μάλιστα δὲ τὸν Τίτον ἐξαιρέτως τό τε καρτερικὸν ἐν ταῖς συμφοραῖς ᾕρει τοῦ Ἰωσήπου καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἡλικίαν ἔλεος, ἀναμιμνησκομένῳ τε τὸν πάλαι μαχόμενον καὶ τὸν ἐν χερσὶν ἐχθρῶν ἄρτι κείμενον ὁρῶντι παρῆν [δὲ] νοεῖν, ὅσον δύναται τύχη, καὶ ὡς ὀξεῖα μὲν πολέμου ῥοπή, τῶν δ' ἀνθρωπίνων οὐδὲν βέβαιον: [397] παρὸ καὶ τότε συνδιέθηκεν μὲν πλείστους ἑαυτῷ καὶ πρὸς οἶκτον τοῦ Ἰωσήπου, πλείστη δ' αὐτῷ καὶ παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ μοῖρα σωτηρίας ἐγένετο. [398] Ὁ μέντοι Οὐεσπασιανὸς φρουρεῖν αὐτὸν μετὰ πάσης ἀσφαλείας προσέταττεν ὡς ἀναπέμψων αὐτίκα Νέρωνι.

= = =

392 That was how Josephus survived the war with the Romans and with his friends, and was led by Nicanor to Vespasian. 393 Now all the Romans assembled to see him and as they crowded around their general, there was a babble of discordant voices, some rejoicing that Josephus was captured and some threatening him and some pushing forward to see him up close. 394 Those further away shouted to have their enemy put to death, while those who were near called to mind the actions he had done and were saddened by the change in his fortune. 395 All the Roman officers, however much they had raged against him before, relented when they caught sight of him. 396 Titus especially was moved to pity him both by his own bravery and Josephus's patience under his sufferings, and his relative youth, remembering how he had fought just a little while ago, but was now in the hands of his enemies, which made him realise the power of fortune and how quickly things can change in war and how no human standing is assured. 397 For this reason he brought many others to share his compassion for Josephus and was the main reason why his father kept him alive. 398 However, Vespasian gave strict orders for him to be carefully guarded, intending soon to send him to Nero.

= = =

[399] Τοῦτο ἀκούσας ὁ Ἰώσηπος μόνῳ τι διαλεχθῆναι θέλειν ἔλεγεν αὐτῷ. Μεταστησαμένου δ' ἐκείνου πλὴν τοῦ παιδὸς Τίτου καὶ δυοῖν φίλων τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας "σὺ μέν, [400] ἔφη, Οὐεσπασιανέ, νομίζεις αἰχμάλωτον αὐτὸ μόνον εἰληφέναι Ἰώσηπον, ἐγὼ δὲ ἄγγελος ἥκω σοι μειζόνων. Μὴ γὰρ ὑπὸ θεοῦ προπεμπόμενος ᾔδειν τὸν Ἰουδαίων νόμον, καὶ πῶς στρατηγοῖς ἀποθνήσκειν πρέπει. [401] Νέρωνί με πέμπεις: τί γάρ; Οἱ μετὰ Νέρωνα μέχρι σοῦ διάδοχοι μενοῦσιν. Σὺ Καῖσαρ, Οὐεσπασιανέ, καὶ αὐτοκράτωρ, σὺ καὶ παῖς ὁ σὸς οὗτος. [402] Δέσμει δέ με νῦν ἀσφαλέστερον, καὶ τήρει σεαυτῷ: δεσπότης μὲν γὰρ οὐ μόνον ἐμοῦ σὺ Καῖσαρ, ἀλλὰ καὶ γῆς καὶ θαλάττης καὶ παντὸς ἀνθρώπων γένους, ἐγὼ δὲ ἐπὶ τιμωρίαν δέομαι φρουρᾶς μείζονος, [403] εἰ κατασχεδιάζω καὶ θεοῦ." Tαῦτ' εἰπόντος παραχρῆμα μὲν Οὐεσπασιανὸς ἀπιστεῖν ἐδόκει καὶ τὸν Ἰώσηπον ὑπελάμβανεν ταῦτα περὶ σωτηρίας πανουργεῖν, [404] κατὰ μικρὸν δὲ εἰς πίστιν ὑπήγετο τοῦ θεοῦ διεγείροντος αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἤδη καὶ τὰ σκῆπτρα δι' ἑτέρων σημείων προδεικνύντος. [405] Ἀτρεκῆ δὲ τὸν Ἰώσηπον καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις κατελάμβανεν: τῶν γὰρ τοῖς ἀπορρήτοις παρατυχόντων φίλων ὁ ἕτερος θαυμάζειν ἔφη πῶς οὔτε τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν Ἰωταπάτων περὶ ἁλώσεως, οὔθ' ἑαυτῷ προμαντεύσαιτο αἰχμαλωσίαν, εἰ μὴ ταῦτα λῆρος εἴη διακρουομένου τὰς ἐπ' αὐτὸν ὀργάς. [406] Ὁ δὲ Ἰώσηπος καὶ τοῖς Ἰωταπατηνοῖς ὅτι μετὰ τεσσαρακοστὴν ἑβδόμην ἡμέραν ἁλώσονται προειπεῖν ἔφη, καὶ ὅτι πρὸς Ῥωμαίων αὐτὸς ζωγρηθήσεται. [407] Ταῦτα παρὰ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων κατ' ἰδίαν ὁ Οὐεσπασιανὸς ἐκπυθόμενος ὡς εὕρισκεν ἀληθῆ, οὕτω πιστεύειν περὶ τῶν κατ' αὐτὸν ἦρκτο. [408] Φρουρᾶς μὲν οὖν καὶ δεσμῶν οὐκ ἀνίει τὸν Ἰώσηπον, ἐδωρεῖτο δ' ἐσθῆτι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις κειμηλίοις φιλοφρονούμενός τε καὶ περιέπων διετέλει τὰ πολλὰ Τίτου τῇ τιμῇ συνεργοῦντος.

= = =

399 When Josephus heard this he asked to speak with him alone. When all others except Titus and two of their friends were ordered to withdraw, he said, 400 "Vespasian, you regard Josephus as just another captive, but I come to you as a messenger of good news. If God had not sent me to you, I would follow the Jewish law in this case, about how generals ought to die. 401 Are you sending me to Nero? Then why? Will Nero have successors? You, Vespasian, will be Caesar and emperor, you and this son of yours. 402 Chain me more securely and keep me for yourself, for you, Caesar, are master not only of me, but of land and sea and all mankind. And surely I deserve to be kept in even stricter custody, and to be punished, if I affirm anything rashly, as coming from God. " 403 When he said this, Vespasian disbelieved it at first, thinking that Josephus was just scheming to save his own life. 404 But after some time he was convinced and believed what he said to be true, when God had raised his hopes of gaining the empire by other signs of his coming dominance. 405 He also found that Josephus had been reliable on other occasions. One of the friends present at that secret conference asked how, if he could not predict the fall of Jotapata or foretell that he himself would be captured, his present prediction could be other than a ploy to deflect the rage against him. 406 Josephus replied that he had foretold to the people of Jotapata that they would be taken on the forty-seventh day and that he would be captured alive by the Romans. 407 When Vespasian asked the captives in private about these predictions, he found them to be true, and then began believing those about himself. 408 Still he did not set Josephus free, but gave him clothing and other precious gifts and continued to treat him amiably, and Titus also showed him honour.

Chapter 09. [409-461]
Roman Garrisons in Joppa and Tiberias. Winter-quarters in Caesarea & Scythopolis

[409] Τετάρτῃ δὲ Πανέμου μηνὸς ἀναζεύξας εἰς Πτολεμαίδα κἀκεῖθεν εἰς τὴν παράλιον ἀφικνεῖται Καισάρειαν, μεγίστην τῆς τε Ἰουδαίας πόλιν καὶ τὸ πλέον ὑφ' Ἑλλήνων οἰκουμένην. [410] Ἐδέχοντο δὲ καὶ τὴν στρατιὰν καὶ τὸν στρατηγὸν μετὰ πάσης εὐφημίας καὶ φιλοφροσύνης οἱ ἐπιχώριοι, καὶ κατ' εὔνοιαν μὲν τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους, τὸ δὲ πλέον ἔχθει τῶν κατεστραμμένων: διὸ καὶ τὸν Ἰώσηπον ἀθρόοι καταβοῶντες ἠξίουν κολάζειν. [411] Οὐεσπασιανὸς δὲ τὴν περὶ τούτου δέησιν ὡς ὑπ' ἀκρίτου γινομένην πλήθους ἐξέλυσεν ἡσυχίᾳ: [412] τῶν δὲ ταγμάτων τὰ μὲν δύο χειμερίσοντα ἐκάθισεν ἐπὶ τῆς Καισαρείας ἐπιτήδειον ὁρῶν τὴν πόλιν, τὸ δέκατον δὲ καὶ πέμπτον εἰς Σκυθόπολιν, ὡς μὴ θλίβοι παντὶ τῷ στρατῷ τὴν Καισάρειαν. [413] Ἀλεεινὴ δ' ἦν κἀκείνη χειμῶνος ὥρᾳ καθ' ὅσον πνιγώδης θέρους ὑπὸ καυμάτων, πεδιὰς οὖσα καὶ παράλιος.

= = =

409 Vespasian returned to Ptolemais on the fourth day of the month Panemus, and proceeded from there to Caesarea, a great city of Judea, inhabited for the most part by Greeks. 410 The locals welcomed the Roman army and its general with of acclamations and rejoicing of all sorts, partly from their goodwill towards the Romans, but mainly because of their hatred towards those they had conquered; so they came clamouring against Josephus in crowds and asked to have him executed, 411 but Vespasian calmly ignored this petition about him, as coming from a thoughtless crowd. 412 Seeing the city fit for the purpose, he put two of his legions in winter-quarters in Caesarea, but so as not to burden Caesarea with the entire army, he put the tenth and the fifth at Scythopolis, 413 a place that was warm even in winter, just as it was suffocatingly hot in the summer, because of its situation in a plain, not far from the coast.

GK ******

= = =

[414] Ἐν δὲ τούτῳ συναθροισθέντες οἵ τε κατὰ στάσιν ἐκπίπτοντες τῶν πόλεων καὶ οἱ διαφυγόντες ἐκ τῶν κατεστραμμένων, πλῆθος οὐκ ὀλίγον, ἀνακτίζουσιν Ἰόππην ὁρμητήριον σφίσιν, ἐρημωθεῖσαν ὑπὸ Κεστίου πρότερον, [415] καὶ τῆς χώρας ἐκπεπολεμωμένης ἀνειργόμενοι μεταβαίνειν ἔγνωσαν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. [416] Πηξάμενοί τε πειρατικὰ σκάφη πλεῖστα τόν τε Συρίας καὶ Φοινίκης καὶ τὸν ἐπ' Αἰγύπτου πόρον ἐλῄστευον, ἄπλωτά τε πᾶσιν ἐποίουν τὰ τῇδε πελάγη. [417] Οὐεσπασιανὸς δὲ ὡς ἔγνω τὴν σύνταξιν αὐτῶν, πέμπει πεζούς τε καὶ ἱππεῖς ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰόππην, οἳ νύκτωρ ὡς ἀφύλακτον εἰσέρχονται τὴν πόλιν. [418] Οἱ δ' ἐν αὐτῇ προῄσθοντο μὲν τὴν εἰσβολὴν καὶ καταδείσαντες τοῦ μὲν εἴργειν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἀπετρέποντο, συμφυγόντες δὲ εἰς τὰς ναῦς ἐξωτέρω βέλους διενυκτέρευσαν.

414 Meanwhile those of the rebels who had fled from the enemy and the many who had escaped from the demolished cities, got together and repaired Joppa, which Cestius had left desolate, 415 to serve them for a place of refuge, and since the adjoining region had been ravaged in the war and was not capable of supporting them, they decided to go off to sea. 416 They built many ships for piracy in the seas near Syria and Phoenicia and Egypt, making those seas impossible to sail. 417 When Vespasian learned of this gang, he sent infantry and cavalry to Joppa, which was unguarded by night. 418 Those who were in it saw that they would be attacked and were afraid, but still did not try to keep the Romans out, fleeing instead to their ships and lying out to sea all night, beyond reach of their spears.

= = =

[419] Ἀλιμένου δ' οὔσης φύσει τῆς Ἰόππης, αἰγιαλῷ γὰρ ἐπιλήγει τραχεῖ καὶ τὸ μὲν ἄλλο πᾶν ὀρθίῳ, βραχὺ δὲ συννεύοντι κατὰ τὰς κεραίας ἑκατέρωθεν: [420] αἱ δέ εἰσιν κρημνοὶ βαθεῖς καὶ προύχουσαι σπιλάδες εἰς τὸ πέλαγος, ἔνθα καὶ τῶν Ἀνδρομέδας δεσμῶν ἔτι δεικνύμενοι τύποι πιστοῦνται τὴν ἀρχαιότητα τοῦ μύθου, [421] τύπτων δὲ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν ἐναντίος βορέας καὶ πρὸς ταῖς δεχομέναις πέτραις ὑψηλὸν ἀναπέμπων τὸ κῦμα σφαλερώτερον ἐρημίας τὸν ὅρμον ἀπεργάζεται: [422] κατὰ τοῦτον σαλεύουσιν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰόππης ὑπὸ τὴν ἕω πνεῦμα βίαιον ἐπιπίπτει: μελαμβόριον ὑπὸ τῶν ταύτῃ πλοιζομένων καλεῖται: [423] καὶ τὰς μὲν ἀλλήλαις τῶν νεῶν αὐτόθι συνήραξεν, τὰς δὲ πρὸς ταῖς πέτραις, πολλὰς δὲ πρὸς ἀντίον κῦμα βιαζομένας εἰς τὸ πέλαγος, τόν τε γὰρ αἰγιαλὸν ὄντα πετρώδη καὶ τοὺς ἐπ' αὐτοῦ πολεμίους ἐδεδοίκεσαν, μετέωρος ὑπεραρθεὶς ὁ κλύδων ἐβάπτιζεν. [424] Ἦν δ' οὔτε φυγῆς τόπος οὔτε μένουσιν σωτηρία, βίᾳ μὲν ἀνέμου τῆς θαλάσσης ἐξωθουμένοις, Ῥωμαίων δὲ τῆς πόλεως: Καὶ πολλὴ μὲν οἰμωγὴ συρρηγνυμένων ἐγίνετο τῶν σκαφῶν, πολὺς δ' ἀγνυμένων ὁ ψόφος. [425] Καὶ τοῦ πλήθους οἱ μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων καλυπτόμενοι διεφθείροντο, πολλοὶ δὲ τοῖς ναυαγίοις ἐμπλεκόμενοι: τινὲς δὲ ὡς κουφοτέρῳ τὴν θάλατταν ἔφθανον τῷ σιδήρῳ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀναιροῦντες. [426] Τό γε μὴν πλεῖστον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων ἐκφερόμενον περιεξαίνετο ταῖς ἀπορρῶξιν, ὡς αἱμαχθῆναι μὲν ἐπὶ πλεῖστον τὸ πέλαγος, πληρωθῆναι δὲ νεκρῶν τὴν παράλιον: καὶ γὰρ τοὺς ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν ἐκφερομένους ἐφεστῶτες οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι διέφθειρον. [427] Ἀριθμὸς δὲ τῶν ἐκβρασθέντων σωμάτων τετρακισχίλιοι πρὸς τοῖς διακοσίοις ἦν. Ῥωμαῖοι δὲ λαβόντες ἀμαχητὶ τὴν πόλιν κατασκάπτουσιν. **

419 Joppa is not a natural harbour, for it ends on a rough shore which is mostly straight and is only slightly curved at the two ends. 420 It has deep precipices and great stones jutting out into the sea where the chains with which Andromeda was bound have left their prints, proving the antiquity of that myth. 421 The north wind beats against the shore and dashes mighty waves on the rocks, rendering the harbour more dangerous than the country they had left. 422 As those people of Joppa were floating about in this sea, in the morning a violent wind that the locals call "the black north wind" came on them, 423 dashing their ships against each other, and drove some of them on the rocks and forced others, tossed by the waves, farther out to the sea, for the shore was so rocky and full of the enemy that they were afraid to come to land, and the waves rose and drowned them. 424 There was no way of escape by which to save themselves. If they stayed as they were, they were driven from the sea by the force of the wind, and from the city by that of the Romans. A great lament went up when the ships crashed against each other with an awful noise and broken to bits. 425 Some of the people in them sank in the waves and so died and many were entangled with flotsam, and some thought it easier to die by their own swords rather than by drowning and so committed suicide, 426 but most were carried by the waves and dashed against the high rocks, until the sea was bloody a long way out and the shore was full of corpses, for the Romans came upon those who drifted to shore and killed them. 427 The number of the bodies so thrown up from the sea was four thousand, two hundred. Then the Romans took the city without opposition and demolished it.

= = =

[428] Ἰόππη μὲν οὖν ἐν ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ δεύτερον ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίοις ἑάλω. [429] Οὐεσπασιανὸς δὲ ὡς μὴ πάλιν οἱ πειραταὶ συναλισθεῖεν εἰς αὐτήν, στρατόπεδόν τε ἐπὶ τῆς ἀκροπόλεως ἐγείρει καὶ τὸ ἱππικὸν ἐν αὐτῷ καταλείπει μετὰ πεζῶν ὀλίγων, [430] ἵν' οὗτοι μὲν κατὰ χώραν μένοντες φρουρῶσι τὸ στρατόπεδον, οἱ δ' ἱππεῖς προνομεύωσι τὴν πέριξ καὶ τὰς περιοίκους κώμας τε καὶ πολίχνας ἐξαιρῶσιν τῆς Ἰόππης. [431] Οἱ μὲν οὖν κατὰ τὰ προσταχθέντα τὴν χώραν κατατρέχοντες καθ' ἡμέραν ἔτεμνόν τε καὶ ἠρήμουν ἅπασαν.

= = =

428 So in a short period Joppa was twice taken by the Romans. 429 To prevent any pirates from returning to it, Vespasian built a camp where the citadel of Joppa had been, leaving a troop of cavalry and a few infantry there, 430 to guard the camp and ravage the country round about and destroy the villages and smaller cities near Joppa. 431 As ordered, these troops overran the country and regularly ruined and ravaged the whole region.

= = =

[432] Ὡς δὲ εἰς τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα τὸ κατὰ τὴν Ἰωταπάτην πάθος ἠγγέλη, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἠπίστουν οἱ πολλοὶ καὶ διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς συμφορᾶς καὶ διὰ τὸ μηδένα τῶν λεγομένων αὐτόπτην παρεῖναι: [433] διεσώθη γὰρ οὐδὲ ἄγγελος, ἀλλ' αὐτοματὶ διεκήρυσσεν φήμη τὴν ἅλωσιν οἰκεία φύσει τῶν σκυθρωποτέρων. [434] Κατ' ὀλίγον δὲ διὰ τῶν προσχώρων ὥδευε τἀληθὲς καὶ παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀμφιβολίας ἦν ἤδη βεβαιότερον, προσεσχεδιάζετό γε μὴν τοῖς πεπραγμένοις καὶ τὰ μὴ γενόμενα: τεθνεὼς γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς ἁλώσεως καὶ ὁ Ἰώσηπος ἠγγέλλετο. [435] Τοῦτο μεγίστου τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα πένθους ἐπλήρωσεν: κατὰ μέν γε οἴκους καὶ κατὰ συγγενείας οἷς προσήκων ἕκαστος ἦν τῶν ἀπολωλότων ἐθρηνεῖτο, [436] τὸ δ' ἐπὶ τῷ στρατηγῷ πένθος ἐδημεύθη, καὶ οἱ μὲν ξένους, οἱ δὲ συγγενεῖς, οἱ δὲ φίλους ἐθρήνουν, τὸν Ἰώσηπον δὲ πάντες, [437] ὡς ἐπὶ τριακοστὴν μὲν ἡμέραν μὴ διαλιπεῖν τὰς ὀλοφύρσεις ἐν τῇ πόλει, πλείστους δὲ μισθοῦσθαι τοὺς αὐλητάς, οἳ θρήνων αὐτοῖς ἐξῆρχον.

= = =

432 When the fate of Jotapata was reported in Jerusalem, at first many disbelieved it, as the loss was so great and there was no eye-witness to tell of it, 433 for nobody survived to bring the news, but word went around that the city had been taken, as bad news is usually spread by such reporting. 434 The truth became known by degrees from the surrounding places, and seemed all too true, and to the truth a rumour was added, that Josephus had died at the capture of the city. 435 This news which filled Jerusalem with sorrow, and there was lamentation in every house and group to whom any of the fallen were related. 436 The leader was mourned publicly and some grieved for companions, relatives, friends and brothers, but all mourned for Josephus. 437 In the city the mourning lasted for thirty days, with many hired mourners to play dirges on their pipes for them.

[438] Ὡς δὲ τἀληθῆ διεκαλύπτετο τῷ χρόνῳ καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν Ἰωταπάτην ὥσπερ εἶχεν, ἐσχεδιασμένον δὲ τὸ κατὰ τὸν Ἰώσηπον πάθος εὑρίσκετο, ζῆν δ' αὐτὸν ἔγνωσαν καὶ παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις ὄντα καὶ πρὸς τῶν ἡγεμόνων πλέον ἢ κατ' αἰχμαλώτου τύχην περιέπεσθαι, τοσοῦτον ὀργῆς ἐπὶ ζῶντος ὅσον εὐνοίας ἐπὶ τεθνάναι δοκοῦντος πρότερον ἀνελάμβανον. [439] Καὶ παρ' οἷς μὲν εἰς ἀνανδρίαν, παρ' οἷς δὲ εἰς προδοσίαν ἐκακίζετο, πλήρης τε ἀγανακτήσεως ἦν καὶ τῶν κατ' αὐτοῦ βλασφημιῶν ἡ πόλις. [440] Παρωξύνοντο δὲ ταῖς πληγαῖς καὶ προσεξεκαίοντο ταῖς κακοπραγίαις: τό γε μὴν πταίειν, ὃ γίνεται τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσιν ἀσφαλείας καὶ τῶν ὁμοίων φυλακῆς αἴτιον, ἐκείνοις κέντρον ἑτέρων ἐγίνετο συμφορῶν: καὶ τὸ τέλος ἀεὶ τῶν κακῶν αὖθις ἀρχή: [441] μᾶλλον γοῦν ὥρμων ἐπὶ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ὡς καὶ Ἰώσηπον ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀμυνούμενοι. [442] Τοὺς μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων τοιοῦτοι θόρυβοι κατεῖχον.

438 As the truth finally emerged, the facts about Jotapata came to light, showing that Josephus had not died. When they learned that he was alive and was with the Romans, and that the officers treated him differently from other captives, they hated him as much now as they had loved him before, when he seemed to have died. 439 Some scorned him as a coward and others as a deserter, and the whole city was furious at him. 440 Their rage was the greater on account of their sufferings and was inflamed by their losses, and what usually brings wise men to caution, I mean hardship, spurred them on to further risks, so that the end of one reverse became the beginning of another. 441 They decided to attack the Romans more fiercely, determined to get revenge on Josephus as well. 442 Such was the state of Jerusalem's troubles at that time

[443] Οὐεσπασιανὸς δὲ καθ' ἱστορίαν τῆς Ἀγρίππα βασιλείας, ἐνῆγεν γὰρ βασιλεὺς αὐτόν, ἅμα καὶ δεξιώσασθαι τὸν ἡγεμόνα σὺν τῇ στρατιᾷ τῷ κατὰ τὸν οἶκον ὄλβῳ προαιρούμενος καὶ καταστεῖλαι δι' αὐτῶν τὰ νοσοῦντα τῆς ἀρχῆς, ἄρας ἀπὸ τῆς παράλου Καισαρείας εἰς τὴν Φιλίππου καλουμένην μεταβαίνει Καισάρειαν. [444] Ἔνθα μέχρι μὲν ἡμερῶν εἴκοσι τὴν στρατιὰν διαναπαύων καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν εὐωχίαις ἦν, ἀποδιδοὺς τῷ θεῷ χαριστήρια τῶν κατωρθωμένων. [445] Ὡς δ' αὐτῷ Τιβεριὰς μὲν νεωτερίζειν, ἀφεστάναι δὲ ἠγγέλλοντο Ταριχέαι, μοῖρα δὲ τῆς Ἀγρίππα βασιλείας ἦσαν ἀμφότεραι, πανταχόθεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους καταστρέφεσθαι διεγνωκὼς τὴν ἐπὶ τούτους στρατείαν εὔκαιρον ἡγεῖτο καὶ δι' Ἀγρίππαν, ὡς εἰς ξενίας ἀμοιβὴν σωφρονίσων αὐτῷ τὰς πόλεις. [446] Πέμπει δὴ τὸν υἱὸν Τίτον εἰς Καισάρειαν μετάξοντα τὴν ἐκεῖθεν στρατιὰν εἰς Σκυθόπολιν: ἡ δ' ἐστὶν μεγίστη τῆς δεκαπόλεως καὶ γείτων τῆς Τιβεριάδος. [447] Ἔνθα καὶ αὐτὸς παραγενόμενος ἐκδέχεται τὸν υἱὸν καὶ μετὰ τριῶν ταγμάτων προελθὼν στρατοπεδεύεται μὲν ἀπὸ τριάκοντα τῆς Τιβεριάδος σταδίων κατά τινα σταθμὸν εὐσύνοπτον τοῖς νεωτερίζουσιν: [448] Ἔνναβρις ὀνομάζεται. Πέμπει δὲ δεκαδάρχην Οὐαλεριανὸν σὺν ἱππεῦσιν πεντήκοντα διαλεχθησόμενον εἰρηνικὰ τοῖς κατὰ τὴν πόλιν καὶ προτρεψόμενον ἐπὶ πίστεις: ἀκηκόει γάρ, ὡς ἐπιθυμοίη μὲν εἰρήνης ὁ δῆμος, καταστασιάζοιτο δ' ὑπό τινων πολεμεῖν βιαζομένων. [449] Προσελάσας δὲ Οὐαλεριανὸς ἐπεὶ πλησίον ἦν τοῦ τείχους, αὐτός τε καταβαίνει καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ τῶν ἱππέων ἀπέβησεν, ὡς μὴ δοκοῖεν ἀκροβολιζόμενοι παρεῖναι: Καὶ πρὶν εἰς λόγους ἐλθεῖν [450] ἐπεκθέουσιν αὐτῷ τῶν στασιαστῶν οἱ δυνατώτατοι μεθ' ὅπλων. Ἐξηγεῖτο δ' αὐτῶν Ἰησοῦς τις ὄνομα παῖς Τοῦφα τοῦ λῃστρικοῦ στίφους ὁ κορυφαιότατος. [451] Οὐαλεριανὸς δὲ οὔτε παρὰ τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ στρατηγοῦ συμβαλεῖν ἀσφαλὲς ἡγούμενος, εἰ καὶ τὸ νικᾶν εἴη βέβαιον, καὶ σφαλερὸν τὸ μάχεσθαι πολλοῖς μετ' ὀλίγων ἀπαρασκευάστοις τε πρὸς ἑτοίμους, [452] καὶ ἄλλως ἐκπλαγεὶς τὴν ἀδόκητον τῶν Ἰουδαίων τόλμαν, φεύγει πεζός, ἕτεροί τε ὁμοίως πέντε τοὺς ἵππους ἀπέλιπον, οὓς οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπήγαγον εἰς τὴν πόλιν γεγηθότες ὡς μάχῃ ληφθέντας οὐκ ἐνέδρᾳ.

443 King Agrippa invited Vespasian to see his kingdom, wishing to treat the general and his army in the most splendid manner he could afford, and hoping through their visit to correct some faults in his realm, so from Caesarea on sea he went to that which is called Caesarea Philippi. 444 There he rested his army for twenty days and was treated to a festival, and gave thanks to God for his success thus far. 445 But when he was told that Tiberias was ready to revolt and that Tarichea had rebelled, both parts of Agrippa's kingdom, and that everywhere the Jews were discontent, he decided to march against them for Agrippa's sake, to bring his cities to their senses. 446 He sent his son Titus to Caesarea, to bring the army to Scythopolis, the largest city of Decapolis, not far from Tiberias. 447 He himself went there and waited for his son, who arrived with three legions and encamped thirty furlongs from Tiberias, at a place called Sennabris, within sight of the rebels. 448 He also sent Valerian, a decurion, with fifty cavalry, to offer peace to those in the city and ask them for assurances of loyalty, hearing that the people were eager for peace, but were forced by some of the rebels to join them and fight on their side. 449 When Valerian had ridden up to the place and was near the wall, he dismounted and made his companions do the same, so as not to be thought to be coming for a fight; but before they could begin their talks, the most powerful of the rebels made armed sortie, 450 led by a man named Jesus, son of Shaphat, the ringleader of a gang of brigands. 451 Valerian did not wish to go against the commands of the general and fight a battle, even if sure of victory, and knew how dangerous it was for a few to fight against many, or for the unready to fight against men who were prepared. 452 So, being taken by surprise by this Jewish attack, he fled on foot, as did the other five, leaving their horses behind. Jesus led the horses into the city, celebrating as if they had been taken in battle rather than by treachery.

= = =

[453] Τοῦτο καταδείσαντες οἱ γηραιοὶ τοῦ δήμου καὶ προύχειν δοκοῦντες φεύγουσι μὲν εἰς τὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατόπεδον, [454] ἐπαγόμενοι δὲ τὸν βασιλέα προσπίπτουσιν ἱκέται Οὐεσπασιανῷ, μὴ σφᾶς περιιδεῖν δεόμενοι, μηδὲ τὴν ὀλίγων ἀπόνοιαν ἡγήσασθαι τῆς πόλεως ὅλης: [455] φείσασθαι δὲ τοῦ δήμου Ῥωμαίοις φίλα φρονοῦντος ἀεί, καὶ τοὺς αἰτίους τιμωρήσασθαι τῆς ἀποστάσεως, ὑφ' ὧν αὐτοὶ φρουρηθῆναι μέχρι νῦν ἐπὶ δεξιὰς ἐπειγόμενοι πάλαι. [456] Ταύταις ἐνεδίδου ταῖς ἱκεσίαις ὁ στρατηγὸς καίτοι διὰ τὴν ἁρπαγὴν τῶν ἵππων ἐφ' ὅλην ὠργισμένος τὴν πόλιν: καὶ γὰρ ἀγωνιῶντα περὶ αὐτῆς τὸν Ἀγρίππαν ἑώρα. [457] Λαβόντων δὲ τούτων τῷ δήμῳ δεξιὰς οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν οὐκέτι ἀσφαλὲς ἡγούμενοι μένειν ἐπὶ τῆς Τιβεριάδος εἰς Ταριχέας ἀποδιδράσκουσιν. [458] Καὶ μεθ' ἡμέραν Οὐεσπασιανὸς σὺν ἱππεῦσιν προπέμπει πρὸς τὴν ἀκρώρειαν Τραιανὸν ἀποπειραθῆναι τοῦ πλήθους, εἰ πάντες εἰρηνικὰ φρονοῖεν. [459] Ὡς δ' ἔγνω τὸν δῆμον ὁμοφρονοῦντα τοῖς ἱκέταις, ἀναλαβὼν τὴν δύναμιν ᾔει πρὸς τὴν πόλιν. Οἱ δὲ τάς τε πύλας ἀνοίγουσιν αὐτῷ καὶ μετ' εὐφημιῶν ὑπήντων σωτῆρα καὶ εὐεργέτην ἀνακαλοῦντες. [460] Τῆς δὲ στρατιᾶς τριβομένης περὶ τὴν τῶν εἰσόδων στενότητα παραρρῆξαι τοῦ κατὰ μεσημβρίαν τείχους Οὐεσπασιανὸς κελεύσας πλατύνει τὴν εἰσβολὴν αὐτοῖς. [461] Ἁρπαγῆς μέντοι καὶ ὕβρεως ἀπέχεσθαι παρήγγειλεν τῷ βασιλεῖ χαριζόμενος, τῶν τε τειχῶν διὰ τοῦτον ἐφείσατο συμμενεῖν πρὸς τὸ λοιπὸν ἐγγυωμένου τοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ πολλὰ κεκακωμένην τὴν πόλιν ἐκ τῆς στάσεως ἀνελάμβανεν.

= = =

453 The elders of the people and the influential people, fearing the outcome of this affair, fled to the Roman camp. 454 They brought their king with them and fell down before Vespasian, to beg his favour and ask him not to misjudge them, and not blame the whole city for the madness of a few. 455 He should spare a people who were always civil and agreeable to the Romans, but punish the authors of this revolt, who up to now had kept close watch and prevented them from making peace, as for a long time they had wanted to do. 456 The general accepted this plea, but was angry at the whole city for the stealing of his horses, seeing that Agrippa was very upset about them. 457 When these two had accepted their guarantee of intent, Jesus and his party thought it unsafe for them to remain in Tiberias, and fled to Tarichea. 458 The next day Vespasian sent Trajan ahead with some cavalry to the citadel, to test the people's readiness for peace. 459 When he saw that the people were of the same mind as the petitioners, he brought his army into the city, whose people opened the gates to him and met him with shouts of joy, calling him their saviour and benefactor. 460 As the army took a long time getting through the narrow gates, Vespasian had the south wall broken down and so made a broad entrance for them. 461 To gratify the king, he told them to abstain from looting and injustice, and so spared the rest of the wall. On their behalf the king undertook fidelity in future, and so he restored this city to a peaceful state, after it had been grievously threatened by the revolt.

Chapter 10. [462-542]
Vespasian captures Tarichea. The river Jordan and the Gennesareth region. Titus' speech to his troops

[462] Ἔπειτα προελθὼν αὐτῆς τε μεταξὺ καὶ Ταριχεῶν στρατοπεδεύεται, τειχίζει τε τὴν παρεμβολὴν ὀχυρωτέραν ὑφορώμενος ἐκεῖ πολέμου τριβὴν αὐτῷ γενησομένην: [463] συνέρρει γὰρ εἰς τὰς Ταριχέας πᾶν τὸ νεωτερίζον, τῇ τε τῆς πόλεως ὀχυρότητι καὶ τῇ λίμνῃ πεποιθότες, ἣ καλεῖται Γεννησὰρ πρὸς τῶν ἐπιχωρίων. [464] Ἡ μὲν γὰρ πόλις, ὥσπερ ἡ Τιβεριὰς ὑπόρειος οὖσα, καθὰ μὴ τῇ λίμνῃ προσεκλύζετο πάντοθεν ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰωσήπου τετείχιστο καρτερῶς, ἔλασσον μέντοι τῆς Τιβεριάδος: [465] τὸν μὲν γὰρ ἐκεῖ περίβολον ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς ἀποστάσεως δαψιλείᾳ χρημάτων καὶ δυνάμεως ἐκρατύνατο, Ταριχέαι δ' αὐτοῦ τὰ λείψανα τῆς φιλοτιμίας μετέλαβον. [466] Σκάφη δ' ἦν αὐτοῖς ἐπὶ τῆς λίμνης παρεσκευασμένα πολλὰ πρός τε τὸ συμφεύγειν ἐπὶ γῆς ἡττωμένους, κἂν εἰ δέοι, διαναυμαχεῖν ἐξηρτυμένα. [467] Περιβαλλομένων δὲ τῶν Ῥωμαίων τὸ στρατόπεδον οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν οὔτε πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος οὔτε πρὸς τὴν εὐταξίαν τῶν πολεμίων ὑποδείσαντες προθέουσιν, [468] καὶ πρὸς τὴν πρώτην ἔφοδον τῶν τειχοποιῶν σκεδασθέντων ὀλίγα τῆς δομήσεως σπαράξαντες, ὡς ἑώρων τοὺς ὁπλίτας ἀθροιζομένους, πρίν τι παθεῖν εἰς τοὺς σφετέρους ἀνέφευγον: ἐπιδιώξαντες δὲ Ῥωμαῖοι συνελαύνουσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὰ σκάφη. [469] Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἀναχθέντες εἰς ὅσον ἐξικνεῖσθαι τῶν Ῥωμαίων βάλλοντες δύναιντο τάς τε ἀγκύρας ἔβαλλον καὶ πυκνώσαντες ὥσπερ φάλαγγα τὰς ναῦς ἐπαλλήλους τοῖς ἐπὶ γῆς πολεμίοις διεναυμάχουν: [470] Οὐεσπασιανὸς δὲ τὸ πολὺ πλῆθος αὐτῶν ἠθροισμένον ἀκούων ἐν τῷ πρὸ τῆς πόλεως πεδίῳ πέμπει τὸν υἱὸν σὺν ἱππεῦσιν ἑξακοσίοις ἐπιλέκτοις.

= = =

462 Going on, he camped between that city and Tarichea, but fortified his camp more strongly, expecting a struggle that would force him to stay there a long while. 463 All the rebel forces had gathered at Tarichea, in reliance on the strength of the city and on the lake beside it, that the local people call Gennesareth. 464 The city itself, like Tiberias, is situated under a mountain and on the sides that are not washed by the lake, had been strongly fortified by Josephus, though not so strongly as Tiberias, 465 for the wall of Tiberias had been built at the beginning of the revolt, when he had plenty of money and power, while Tarichea had gotten only the remnants of that plenty. 466 Still, they had on the lake a number of ships to retreat to if they were defeated on land, and these were equipped so that they could also fight from the water. 467 While the Romans were building a wall around their camp, Jesus and his party were neither frightened of their number, nor at their good military order468 but made a sally out at them, scattering the builders of the wall at the first onset and pulling to pieces the little they had built, but then when they saw the infantry re-grouping and before they had suffered losses themselves, they retreated to their own lines, with the Romans in pursuit them and chasing them into their ships. 469 They sailed as far out as allowed them reach the Romans with their missiles, casting anchor and drawing their ships into a phalanx and from the sea fought the enemy on land. 470 But Vespasian hearing that a large crowd of them had gathered in the plain in front of the city, sent his son, with six hundred chosen cavalry, to disperse them.

= = =

[471] Ὁ δ' ὑπέρογκον εὑρὼν τὴν τῶν πολεμίων πληθὺν πρὸς μὲν τὸν πατέρα πέμπει πλείονος δυνάμεως αὐτῷ δεῖν λέγων. Αὐτὸς δὲ τοὺς μὲν πλείους τῶν ἱππέων ὡρμημένους ὁρῶν καὶ πρὶν ἀφικέσθαι βοήθειαν, ἔστιν δ' οὓς ἡσυχῆ πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων καταπεπληγότας, ἐν ἐπηκόῳ στὰς ἔλεξεν ὧδε: [472] "ἄνδρες, ἔφη, Ῥωμαῖοι, καλὸν γὰρ ἐν ἀρχῇ τῶν λόγων ὑπομνῆσαι τοῦ γένους ὑμᾶς, ἵν' εἰδῆτε, τίνες ὄντες πρὸς τίνας μάχεσθαι μέλλομεν. [473] Τὰς μέν γε ἡμετέρας χεῖρας οὐδὲν εἰς τοῦτο τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκουμένης διαπέφευγεν, Ἰουδαῖοι δέ, ἵν' εἴπωμεν καὶ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν, μέχρι νῦν οὐ κοπιῶσιν ἡττώμενοι: Καὶ δεινὸν ἐκείνων ἑστώτων ἐν ταῖς κακοπραγίαις ἡμᾶς τοῖς εὐτυχήμασιν ἐγκάμνειν. [474] Προθυμίας μὲν εἰς τὸ φανερὸν ὑμᾶς εὖ ἔχοντας χαίρω βλέπων, δέδοικα δὲ μή τινι τῶν πολεμίων τὸ πλῆθος κατάπληξιν λεληθυῖαν ἐνεργάσηται. [475] Λογισάσθω δὴ πάλιν οἷος πρὸς οἵους παρατάξεται, καὶ διότι Ἰουδαῖοι μέν, εἰ καὶ σφόδρα τολμηταὶ καὶ θανάτου καταφρονοῦντες, ἀλλ' ἀσύντακτοί τε καὶ πολέμων ἄπειροι καὶ ὄχλος ἂν ἄλλως, οὐ στρατιὰ λέγοιντο: τὰ δὲ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἐμπειρίας καὶ τάξεως τί δεῖ καὶ λέγειν; ἐπὶ τοῦτο μέντοι γε μόνοι καὶ κατ' εἰρήνην ἀσκούμεθα τοῖς ὅπλοις, ἵν' ἐν πολέμῳ μὴ πρὸς τὸ ἀντίπαλον ἀριθμῶμεν ἑαυτούς. [476] Ἐπεὶ τίς ὄνησις τῆς διηνεκοῦς στρατείας, ἂν ἴσοι πρὸς ἀστρατεύτους ἀντιτασσώμεθα; [477] Λογίζεσθε δέ, ὅτι καὶ πρὸς γυμνῆτας ὁπλῖται καὶ ἱππεῖς πρὸς πεζοὺς καὶ στρατηγούμενοι πρὸς ἀστρατηγήτους διαγωνίζεσθε, καὶ ὡς ὑμᾶς μὲν ταῦτα πολλαπλασίους ποιεῖ τὰ πλεονεκτήματα, πολὺ δὲ τοῦ τῶν πολεμίων ἀριθμοῦ [παραιρεῖται τὰ ἐλαττώματα]. [478] Κατορθοῖ δὲ τοὺς πολέμους οὐ πλῆθος ἀνθρώπων, κἂν ᾖ μάχιμον, ἀνδρεία δέ, κἂν ἐν ὀλίγοις: οἱ μέν γε καὶ τάξασθαι ῥᾴδιοι καὶ προσαμύνειν ἑαυτοῖς, αἱ δ' ὑπέρογκοι δυνάμεις ὑφ' ἑαυτῶν βλάπτονται πλέον ἢ τῶν πολεμίων. [479] Ἰουδαίων μὲν οὖν τόλμα καὶ θράσος ἡγεῖται καὶ ἀπόνοια, πάθη κατὰ μὲν τὰς εὐπραγίας εὔτονα, σβεννύμενα δὲ ἐν ἐλαχίστοις σφάλμασιν: ἡμῶν δ' ἀρετὴ καὶ εὐπείθεια καὶ τὸ γενναῖον, ὃ κἀν τοῖς ἄλλοις εὐτυχήμασιν ἀκμάζει κἀν τοῖς πταίσμασιν οὐ μέχρι τέλους σφάλλεται. [480] Καὶ ὑπὲρ μειζόνων δὲ ἢ Ἰουδαῖοι διαγωνιεῖσθε: καὶ γὰρ εἰ περὶ ἐλευθερίας καὶ πατρίδων ἐκείνοις ὁ πόλεμος κινδυνεύεται, τί μεῖζον ἡμῖν εὐδοξίας καὶ τοῦ μὴ δοκεῖν μετὰ τὴν τῆς οἰκουμένης ἡγεμονίαν ἐν ἀντιπάλῳ τὰ Ἰουδαίων τίθεσθαι; [481] Σκεπτέον δ' ὅτι καὶ παθεῖν μὲν οὐδὲν ἀνήκεστον ἡμῖν φόβος: πολλοὶ γὰρ οἱ βοηθήσοντες καὶ πλησίον: ἁρπάσαι δὲ τὴν νίκην δυνάμεθα, καὶ χρὴ τοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς πεμπομένους ἡμῖν συμμάχους φθάνειν, ἵν' ἀκοινώνητόν τε ᾖ τὸ κατόρθωμα καὶ μεῖζον. [482] Νομίζω δ' ἔγωγε ἐπὶ τῆσδε τῆς ὥρας καὶ τὸν πατέρα τὸν ἐμὸν κρίνεσθαι κἀμὲ καὶ ὑμᾶς, εἰ τῶν μὲν προκατωρθωμένων ἄξιος ἐκεῖνος, ἐγὼ δ' ἐκείνου παῖς, στρατιῶται δ' ὑμεῖς ἐμοῦ: καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνῳ τὸ νικᾶν ἔθος, κἀγὼ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὑποστρέφειν οὐκ ἂν ὑπομείναιμι λειφθείς. [483] Ὑμεῖς δὲ πῶς οὐκ ἂν αἰσχύνοισθε προκινδυνεύοντος ἡγεμόνος ἡττώμενοι; προκινδυνεύσω γάρ, εὖ ἴστε, καὶ πρῶτος εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους ἐμβαλῶ. [484] Μὴ λείπεσθε δ' ὑμεῖς ἐμοῦ πεπεισμένοι τὴν ἐμὴν ὁρμὴν παρακροτεῖσθαι θεῷ συμμάχῳ, καὶ προγινώσκετε σαφῶς, ὅτι τῆς ἔξω μάχης πλέον τι κατορθώσομεν."

471 Seeing how numerous the enemy was, he sent a message to his father that he would need more forces. But as he saw most of his cavalry eager for battle even before reinforcements could reach them while others of them seemed awed by the immense numbers of theJews, he stood in a place from which he could be heard and said to them, 472 "My men - my Romans! - for at the beginning of my speech it is right to remind you of your race, so that you may remember who you are and against whom we are going to fight. 473 On our side, no part of the world has been able to escape our hands up to now, but these Jews, we should say that though already they have known defeat, they still have not given up the cause, and it would be a mistake for us to be weak amid our success, when they bear up under failure. 474 I see and rejoice at your obvious commitment but am I afraid that the number of the enemy might cause some of you to be secretly afraid. 475 Let such people again recall who is lined up against whom. These Jews, although very bold and great despisers of death, are a disorderly bunch, unskilled in war and may rather be called a mob than an army. I need hardly speak of our experience and discipline, for this is the reason why we Romans alone practice for war in time of peace, so that when it comes to war we need not compare our numbers with those opposed to us. 476 For what use would our continual training be, if we must still be equal in number to people unused to war. 477 Remember that you are going to battle well armed against men who are almost naked, with cavalry to fight against infantry, with good generals, against a leaderless throng; so these advantages in effect increase your numbers, while their failings lessen theirs. 478 It is not the number of men, even of warriors, that determines success in war, but their bravery, even if their numbers are few. For a few can be set in battle-array and can easily help each other, while too-large armies suffer more harm from each other than from the enemy. 479 What moves the Jews is audacity and rashness, a kind of madness, passions that make a fine display as long as things go well, but are quenched at the least setback. We, on the other hand, are driven by courage and obedience and fortitude, visible in times of good fortune, but which never desert us in misfortune, to the end. 480 And you will be fighting for higher motives than the Jews, for while they risk the war for liberty and their country, what can be a greater motive than our quest of glory? Let it not be said that the Jews can withstand us, who have won control of the whole earth. 481 Reflect also that we have absolute disaster to fear, since our allies are many and nearby, even though we can win this victory by ourselves, and I think we should do so before the reserves my father is sending reach us, that our success may be our very own and our reputation is greater. 482 I take this as an opportunity where my father and I, and you, will be all be tested, to see if he can match his former exploits, if I prove worthy to be his son, and if you prove worthy to be my soldiers; for my father is used to victory, and I could not bear the thought of returning to him if you let me down. 483 And how could you live with the shame, if you did not show courage to match your commander, who will lead you into danger and be the first to attack the enemy? 484 Do not let me down, therefore, and be sure that God will be my ally, helping in the attack, and before we start, realise that after this battle in the open we shall have even better success in the future."

= = =

[485] Ταῦτα τοῦ Τίτου διεξιόντος προθυμία δαιμόνιος ἐμπίπτει τοῖς ἀνδράσιν, καὶ προσγενομένου πρὶν συμβαλεῖν Τραιανοῦ μετὰ τετρακοσίων ἱππέων ἤσχαλλον ὡς μειουμένης τῆς νίκης αὐτοῖς διὰ τὴν κοινωνίαν. [486] Ἔπεμψεν δὲ Οὐεσπασιανὸς καὶ Ἀντώνιον Σίλωνα σὺν δισχιλίοις τοξόταις κελεύσας καταλαβόντας τὸ ἀντικρὺ τῆς πόλεως ὄρος τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῦ τείχους ἀνείργειν. [487] Καὶ οἱ μὲν ὡς προσετέτακτο τοὺς ταύτῃ πειρωμένους ἐκβοηθεῖν περιέσχον, ὁ δὲ Τίτος πρῶτος τὸν ἵππον ἤλαυνεν εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ σὺν κραυγῇ μετ' αὐτὸν οἱ λοιποὶ παρεκτείναντες ἑαυτοὺς εἰς ὅσον ἐπεῖχον οἱ πολέμιοι τὸ πεδίον: παρὸ καὶ πολὺ πλείους ἔδοξαν. [488] Οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι καίτοι τήν τε ὁρμὴν καὶ τὴν εὐταξίαν αὐτῶν καταπλαγέντες πρὸς ὀλίγον μὲν ἀντέσχον ταῖς ἐμβολαῖς, νυσσόμενοι δὲ τοῖς κοντοῖς καὶ τῷ ῥοίζῳ τῶν ἱππέων ἀνατρεπόμενοι συνεπατοῦντο. [489] Πολλῶν δὲ πανταχοῦ φονευομένων διασκίδνανται καὶ πρὸς τὴν πόλιν ὡς ἕκαστος εἶχεν τάχους ἔφευγον. [490] Τίτος δὲ τοὺς μὲν κατόπιν προσκείμενος ἀνῄρει, τῶν δὲ διεκπαίων ἀθρόων, οὓς δὲ φθάνων κατὰ στόμα διήλαυνεν, πολλοὺς δὲ συνηλοία περὶ ἀλλήλοις πεσόντας ἐμπηδῶν, [491] πᾶσιν δὲ τὰς πρὸς τὸ τεῖχος φυγὰς ὑπετέμνετο καὶ πρὸς τὸ πεδίον ἀπέστρεφεν, ἕως τῷ πλήθει βιασάμενοι καὶ διεκπεσόντες εἰς τὴν πόλιν συνέφευγον.

485 As Titus gave this speech, a spirit of frenzy came over the men, and when Trajan arrived with four hundred cavalry before the battle began, they were irritated that the glory of their victory would be diminished by being shared by so many. 486 Vespasian had also sent Antonius and Silo with two thousand archers, with the task of occupying the mountain opposite the city and driving back the people who were standing on the ramparts. 487 They did as ordered and stopped them from giving any help from that angle, and now Titus on horseback made his assault on the enemy, and with a loud shout the others followed him and ranged over the plain as widely as the enemy, appearing much more numerous than they really were. 488 The Jews, although dismayed by their onrush, made in such good order, resisted their attacks for a while, but when they were stabbed by their lances and overwhelmed by the noisy charge of the horses, they fell and were trampled. 489 As many of them were killed in all directions, they scattered and ran to the city, as fast as each one could. 490 Titus pressed after the hindmost killing as he went, attacking some as they clung together and driving right through any who faced up to him, or falling upon them as they blocked each other's path. 491 He cut off any way of retreat to the wall and turned them back into the plain, until by sheer numbers they finally forced their way through and escaped back into the city.

= = =

[492] Ἐκδέχεται δὲ αὐτοὺς πάλιν στάσις ἔσω χαλεπή: τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἐπιχωρίοις διά τε τὰς κτήσεις καὶ τὴν πόλιν οὐκ ἐδόκει πολεμεῖν ἀπ' ἀρχῆς καὶ τότε διὰ τὴν ἧτταν πλέον: [493] ὁ δ' ἔπηλυς πολὺς ὢν πλεῖον ἐβιάζετο, καὶ διωργισμένων ἐπ' ἀλλήλοις κραυγή τε ἦν καὶ θόρυβος ὡς ὅσον οὔπω φερομένων εἰς ὅπλα. [494] Κατακούσας δὲ τῆς ταραχῆς Τίτος, οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἄπωθεν τοῦ τείχους, "οὗτος ἦν ὁ καιρός, ἐκβοᾷ, καὶ τί, συστρατιῶται, μέλλομεν ἐκδιδόντος ἡμῖν Ἰουδαίους θεοῦ; δέξασθε τὴν νίκην. [495] Οὐκ ἀκούετε βοῆς; στασιάζουσιν οἱ τὰς χεῖρας ἡμῶν διεκφυγόντες. Ἔχομεν τὴν πόλιν, ἐὰν ταχύνωμεν: δεῖ δὲ πόνου πρὸς τῷ τάχει καὶ λήματος: οὐδὲν γὰρ τῶν μεγάλων φιλεῖ δίχα κινδύνου κατορθοῦσθαι. [496] Φθάνειν δ' οὐ μόνον χρὴ τὴν τῶν πολεμίων ὁμόνοιαν, οὓς ἀνάγκη διαλλάξει ταχέως, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν τῶν ἡμετέρων βοήθειαν, ἵνα πρὸς τῷ νικῆσαι τοσοῦτον πλῆθος ὀλίγοι καὶ τὴν πόλιν ἕλωμεν μόνοι."

= = =

492 They were met by a serious revolt within the city, for the inhabitants were not disposed to fight from the start, on account of their property and their city, and now even less so, after the defeat, 493 while the outsiders, who were the majority, forced them to stick to it, so that there was an uproar of angry shouting among them, and they nearly turned their weapons on each other. 494 When Titus heard this uproar, for he was not far from the wall, he called out, "Now is the time, my lads! Why delay, when God is giving the Jews over to us? Seize the victory! 495 Do you not hear them shouting? Those who have escaped our hands are fighting each other. We have the city if we're quick, but along with haste we must face them with effort and courage, for nothing great is achieved without danger. 496 We must not only stop them from reuniting, which of necessity they will soon have to do, but do so before our own men come to our help, so that despite our small numbers we can beat this whole crowd by ourselves and capture their city!"

= = =

[497] Ταῦθ' ἅμα λέγων ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον ἀνεπήδα καὶ καθηγεῖται πρὸς τὴν λίμνην, δι' ἧς ἐλάσας πρῶτος εἰς τὴν πόλιν εἰσέρχεται καὶ μετ' αὐτὸν οἱ λοιποί. [498] Δέος δὲ πρὸς τὴν τόλμαν αὐτοῦ τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν τειχῶν ἐνέπεσεν, καὶ μάχεσθαι μὲν ἢ διακωλύειν οὐδεὶς ὑπέμεινεν, λιπόντες δὲ τὴν φρουρὰν οἱ μὲν περὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν διὰ τῆς χώρας ἔφευγον, [499] οἱ δ' ἐπὶ τὴν λίμνην καταθέοντες ὑπαντιάζουσιν τοῖς πολεμίοις περιέπιπτον: ἐκτείνοντο δ' οἱ μὲν ἐπιβαίνοντες τῶν σκαφῶν, οἱ δὲ τοῖς ἀναχθεῖσιν προσπίπτειν πειρώμενοι. Πολὺς δὲ τῶν κατὰ τὴν πόλιν ἦν φόνος, [500] τῶν μὲν ἐπηλύδων ὅσοι μὴ διαφυγεῖν ἔφθασαν ἀντιτασσομένων, ἀμαχητὶ δὲ τῶν ἐπιχωρίων: κατὰ γὰρ ἐλπίδα δεξιᾶς καὶ τὸ συνειδὸς τοῦ μὴ βεβουλεῦσθαι πολεμεῖν μάχης ἀπετρέποντο, [501] μέχρι Τίτος τοὺς μὲν αἰτίους ἀνελών, οἰκτείρας δὲ τοὺς ἐπιχωρίους ἀνεπαύσατο φόνου. [502] Καὶ οἱ μὲν εἰς τὴν λίμνην καταφυγόντες ἐπεὶ τὴν πόλιν εἶδον ἑαλωκυῖαν, ὡς πορρωτάτω τῶν πολεμίων ἀνήχθησαν:

= = =

497 With these words he jumped on his horse and rode down to the lake and riding through the water was the first to enter the city, with the others following him. 498 Those who were on the ramparts were terrified at the audacity of this, and nobody stayed to fight him, or to block him. They stopped guarding the city and some of Jesus's men fled to the fields 499 while others ran down to the lake and met the enemy head on, and some were killed as they were getting into the ships, and others as they tried to overtake the people who were already aboard; and there was great slaughter in the city. 500 Those outsiders who had not fled put up some opposition, but the local inhabitants died without fighting, since Titus had pledged them security and knowing that they had not consented to the war, they stook back 501 until Titus had killed the authors of the revolt and then put a stop to the slaughter, out of pity of the local people. 502 Then those who had fled to the lake, seeing the city taken, sailed as far from the enemy as they possibly could.

= = =

[503] Τίτος δ' ἐκπέμψας τινὰ τῶν ἱππέων εὐαγγελίζεται τῷ πατρὶ τὸ ἔργον. [504] Ὁ δ', ὡς εἰκός, ὑπερησθεὶς τῇ τε τοῦ παιδὸς ἀρετῇ καὶ τῷ κατορθώματι, μεγίστη γὰρ ἐδόκει καθῃρῆσθαι μοῖρα τοῦ πολέμου, τότε μὲν ἐλθὼν περισχόντας τὴν πόλιν φρουρεῖν ἐκέλευσεν, ὡς μὴ διαλάθοι τις ἐξ αὐτῆς, καὶ κτείνειν προσέταξεν [505] τῇ δ' ὑστεραίᾳ πρὸς τὴν λίμνην καταβὰς σχεδίας ἐκέλευσεν πήσσειν ἐπὶ τοὺς καταπεφευγότας: αἱ δ' ἐγίνοντο ταχέως ἀφθονίᾳ τε ὕλης καὶ πλήθει τεχνιτῶν.

= = =

503 Titus sent one of his cavalry to his father with the good news of what he had done. 504 Naturally, he was very pleased with the courage and exploits of his son, and thought that now most of the war was over. He then came in person and put men to guard the city with orders to let nobody slip out of it, and to kill any who tried. 505 The next day he went down to the lake gave orders for rafts to be fitted up, to pursue those who had escaped in the ships. These vessels were quickly gotten ready, as there was lots of material and many artisans.

= = =

[506] Ἡ δὲ λίμνη Γεννησὰρ μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς προσεχοῦς χώρας καλεῖται, σταδίων δ' εὖρος οὖσα τεσσαράκοντα καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ἑτέρων ἑκατὸν τὸ μῆκος γλυκεῖά τε ὅμως ἐστὶ καὶ ποτιμωτάτη: [507] καὶ γὰρ τῆς ἑλώδους παχύτητος ἔχει τὸ νᾶμα λεπτότερον καθαρά τ' ἐστὶν πάντοθεν αἰγιαλοῖς ἐπιλήγουσα καὶ ψάμμῳ, πρὸς δὲ εὔκρατος ἀρύσασθαι, ποταμοῦ μὲν ἢ κρήνης προσηνεστέρα, ψυχροτέρα δὲ ἢ κατὰ λίμνης διάχυσιν ἀεὶ μένουσα. [508] Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὕδωρ οὐκ ἀπᾴδει χιόνος ἐξαιθριασθέν, ὅπερ θέρους νυκτὸς ποιεῖν ἔθος τοῖς ἐπιχωρίοις, γένη δὲ ἰχθύων ἐν αὐτῇ διάφορα πρὸς τοὺς ἀλλαχοῦ γεῦσίν τε καὶ ἰδέαν. [509] Μέση δ' ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου τέμνεται: Καὶ δοκεῖ μὲν Ἰορδάνου πηγὴ τὸ Πάνειον, φέρεται δ' ὑπὸ γῆν εἰς τοῦτο κρυπτῶς ἐκ τῆς καλουμένης Φιάλης: [510] ἡ δ' ἐστὶν ἀνιόντων εἰς τὴν Τραχωνῖτιν ἀπὸ σταδίων ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι Καισαρείας τῆς ὁδοῦ κατὰ τὸ δεξιὸν μέρος οὐκ ἄπωθεν. [511] Ἐκ μὲν οὖν τῆς περιφερείας ἐτύμως Φιάλη καλεῖται τροχοειδὴς οὖσα λίμνη, μένει δ' ἐπὶ χείλους αὐτῆς ἀεὶ τὸ ὕδωρ μήθ' ὑπονοστοῦν μήθ' ὑπερχεόμενον. [512] Ἀγνοούμενος δὲ τέως ὁ Ἰορδάνης ἐντεῦθεν ἄρχεσθαι διὰ τοῦ τετραρχήσαντος Τραχωνιτῶν ἠλέγχθη Φιλίππου: [513] βαλὼν γὰρ οὗτος εἰς τὴν Φιάλην ἄχυρα κατὰ τὸ Πάνειον, ἔνθεν ἐδόκουν οἱ παλαιοὶ γεννᾶσθαι τὸν ποταμόν, εὗρεν ἀνενεχθέντα. [514] Τοῦ μὲν οὖν Πανείου τὸ φυσικὸν κάλλος ὑπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς προσεξήσκηται πολυτελείας τῷ Ἀγρίππα πλούτῳ κεκοσμημένον: [515] ἀρχόμενος δὲ φανεροῦ ῥεύματος ὁ Ἰορδάνης ἀπὸ τοῦδε τοῦ ἄντρου κόπτει μὲν τὰ τῆς Σεμεχωνίτιδος λίμνης ἕλη καὶ τέλματα, διαμείψας δ' ἑτέρους ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι σταδίους μετὰ πόλιν Ἰουλιάδα διεκπαίει τὴν Γεννησὰρ μέσην, ἔπειτα πολλὴν ἀναμετρούμενος ἐρημίαν εἰς τὴν Ἀσφαλτῖτιν ἔξεισι λίμνην.

= = =

506 The lake of Gennesareth is so called from the country adjoining to it. It is forty furlongs wide and a hundred and forty long, and its water is fresh and very agreeable to drink. 507 It is finer than the thick waters of marshes, for the lake is pure and on every side ends on pebbly or sandy shores. When drawn it is of a pleasant temperature and softer than river or fountain water and yet always cooler than one would expect in such a large lake as this. 508 This water becomes as cool as snow when it is exposed in the open air, as the local people do this by night in summer; and it contains several kinds of fish, different in taste and appearance from those elsewhere. 509 The river flowing through it is the Jordan, whose source is throught to be Panium but in reality it is is borne there underground from the place called Phiala. 510 This is a hundred and twenty furlongs from Caesarea, on the way up towards Trachonitis, and is not far to the right of the road. 511 Its name, Phiala, comes from its circular shape and its water is always up to its edges, neither sinking nor overflowing. 512 This formerly unknown source of the Jordan was found when Philip was tetrarch of Trachonitis, 513 for he had chaff thrown into Phiala which later showed up at Panium, which had formerly been regarded as the actual source of the river. 514 The natural beauty of Panium itself was enhanced by the royal munificence of Agrippa and adorned at his expense. 515 The visible stream of the Jordan arises from this cave and divides the marshes and fens of lake Semechonitis. After flowing another hundred and twenty furlongs, it first passes the city of Julias and then through the middle of lake Gennesareth; then it runs a long way through the wilderness and exits into lake Asphaltitis.

= = =

[516] Παρατείνει δὲ τὴν Γεννησὰρ ὁμώνυμος χώρα θαυμαστὴ φύσιν τε καὶ κάλλος: οὔτε γὰρ αὐτή τι φυτὸν ἀρνεῖται διὰ τὴν πιότητα, καὶ πᾶν πεφυτεύκασιν οἱ νεμόμενοι, τοῦ δ' ἀέρος τὸ εὔκρατον ἁρμόζει καὶ τοῖς διαφόροις. [517] Καρύαι μέν γε φυτῶν τὸ χειμεριώτατον ἄπειροι τεθήλασιν ἔνθα φοίνικες, οἳ καύματι τρέφονται, συκαῖ δὲ καὶ ἐλαῖαι πλησίον τούτων, αἷς μαλθακώτερος ἀὴρ ἀποδέδεικται. [518] Φιλοτιμίαν ἄν τις εἴποι τῆς φύσεως βιασαμένης εἰς ἓν συναγαγεῖν τὰ μάχιμα καὶ τῶν ὡρῶν ἀγαθὴν ἔριν ἑκάστης ὥσπερ ἀντιποιουμένης τοῦ χωρίου: καὶ γὰρ οὐ μόνον τρέφει παρὰ δόξαν τὰς διαφόρους ὀπώρας ἀλλὰ καὶ διαφυλάσσει. [519] Τὰ μέν γε βασιλικώτατα σταφυλήν τε καὶ σῦκον δέκα μησὶν ἀδιαλείπτως χορηγεῖ, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς καρποὺς δι' ἔτους ὅλου περιγηράσκοντας ἑαυτοῖς: πρὸς γὰρ τῇ τῶν ἀέρων εὐκρασίᾳ καὶ πηγῇ διάρδεται γονιμωτάτῃ, Καφαρναοὺμ αὐτὴν οἱ ἐπιχώριοι καλοῦσιν. [520] Ταύτην φλέβα τινὲς τοῦ Νείλου ἔδοξαν, ἐπεὶ γεννᾷ τῷ κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξανδρέων λίμνην κορακίνῳ παραπλήσιον. [521] Μῆκος δὲ τοῦ χωρίου παρατείνει κατὰ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν τῆς ὁμωνύμου λίμνης ἐπὶ σταδίους τριάκοντα, καὶ εὖρος εἴκοσι. Ταῦτα μὲν οὕτως φύσεως ἔχει.

= = =

516 The area of the same name, "Gennesareth" on the other side of this lake is remarkable and beautiful. Its is so fruitful that no kind of plant fails to grow there and the inhabitants cultivate all sorts of trees, for the quality of the air is so varied that it agrees with the differing varieties. 517 Walnuts, which require the coolest air, flourish there in plenty, but so do palm trees, which grow best in warm air, while figs and olives grow near them, which require a milder air. 518 One may call this place a triumph of nature, where it makes plants that are naturally incompatible to grow side by side. The seasons are in happy competition, as though each laying claim to this district, for not only does it produce an astonishing variety of autumnal fruits, but does so over a long time. 519 For ten months of the year it provides a continual supply of the luxury fruits, including grapes and figs and all other fruits throughout the whole year, for besides the goodness of the air, it also has a copious source of water. The people of the area call it Capharnaum. 520 Some have thought it to be a vein of the Nile, because it produces the Coracin fish like the lake near Alexandria. 521 This area extends for thirty furlongs along the banks of the lake of that name and is twenty furlongs wide. Such is the nature of that place.

= = =

[522] Οὐεσπασιανὸς δέ, ἐπεὶ παρεσκευάσθησαν αἱ σχεδίαι, τῆς δυνάμεως ἐπιβήσας ὅσον ᾤετο τοῖς κατὰ τὴν λίμνην ἀνταρκέσειν ἐπανήγετο. Τοῖς δὲ συνελαυνομένοις οὔτ' ἐπὶ γῆν διαφεύγειν ἦν ἐκπεπολεμωμένων πάντων οὔτ' ἐξ ἴσου διαναυμαχεῖν: [523] τά τε γὰρ σκάφη μικρὰ ὄντα καὶ λῃστρικὰ πρὸς τὰς σχεδίας ἦν ἀσθενῆ, καὶ καθ' ἕκαστον ἐμπλέοντες ὀλίγοι πρὸς ἀθρόους ἐφεστῶτας τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἐγγίζειν ἐδεδοίκεισαν. [524] Ὅμως δ' οὖν ἐκπεριπλέοντες τὰς σχεδίας, ἔστιν δ' ὅπου καὶ πλησιάζοντες, πόρρωθεν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἔβαλλον λίθοις καὶ παραξύοντες ἐγγύθεν ἔπαιον. [525] Ἐκακοῦντο δ' αὐτοὶ πλέον κατ' ἀμφότερα: ταῖς τε γὰρ χερμάσιν οὐδὲν δρῶντες ὅτι μὴ κτύπον ἐπάλληλον, εἰς γὰρ πεφραγμένους ἔβαλλον, ἐφικτοὶ τοῖς Ῥωμαίων ἐγίνοντο βέλεσιν, καὶ πλησιάζειν τολμῶντες πρὶν δρᾶσαί τι παθεῖν ἔφθανον καὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς ἐβαπτίζοντο τοῖς σκάφεσιν. [526] Τῶν δὲ διεκπαίειν πειρωμένων πολλοὺς μὲν ἐφικνούμενοι κοντοῖς διέπειρον, οὓς δὲ ξιφήρεις ἐπιπηδῶντες εἰς τὰ σκάφη, τινὰς δὲ συντρεχούσαις ταῖς σχεδίαις ἐναποληφθέντας μέσους εἷλον ἅμα ταῖς ἁλιάσιν. [527] Τῶν δὲ βαπτισθέντων τοὺς ἀνανεύοντας ἢ βέλος ἔφθανεν ἢ σχεδία κατελάμβανεν, καὶ προσβαίνειν ὑπ' ἀμηχανίας εἰς τοὺς ἐχθροὺς πειρωμένων ἢ κεφαλὰς ἢ χεῖρας ἀπέκοπτον οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι. [528] Πολλή τε ἦν αὐτῶν καὶ ποικίλη φθορὰ πανταχοῦ, μέχρι τραπέντες εἰς γῆν ἐξεώσθησαν οἱ λοιποὶ κεκυκλωμένων αὐτοῖς τῶν ἁλιάδων. [529] Ἐκχεόμενοι δὲ πολλοὶ μὲν ἐν αὐτῇ κατηκοντίζοντο τῇ λίμνῃ, πολλοὺς δ' ἐκπηδήσαντας οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι διέφθειραν ἐπὶ γῆς. Ἦν δ' ἰδεῖν κεκερασμένην μὲν αἵματι, πεπληρωμένην δὲ νεκρῶν τὴν λίμνην ἅπασαν: διεσώθη γὰρ οὐδείς. [530] Δεινὴ δὲ ταῖς ἑξῆς ἡμέραις περιεῖχε τὴν χώραν ὀδμή τε καὶ ὄψις: οἱ μὲν γὰρ αἰγιαλοὶ ναυαγίων ἅμα καὶ διοιδούντων ἔγεμον σωμάτων, ἐκκαιόμενοι δὲ καὶ μυδῶντες οἱ νεκροὶ τὸν ἀέρα διέφθειρον, ὡς μὴ μόνον οἰκτρὸν Ἰουδαίοις γενέσθαι τὸ πάθος, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ μίσους τοῖς δράσασιν ἐλθεῖν. [531] Τοῦτο μὲν ἐκείνης τῆς ναυμαχίας τὸ τέλος, ἀπέθανον δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἐπὶ τῆς πόλεως πρότερον πεσοῦσιν ἑξακισχίλιοι ἑπτακόσιοι.

= = =

522 When the vessels were ready, Vespasian put upon board as many as he considered necessary to defeat those on the lake and set sail after them. Those who were forced onto the lake could not escape to the land, where all was in enemy hands, nor could they fight it out as equals on the lake, 523 for their ships were small and fit only for piracy. They were too weak for combat and the sailors in them were so few, that they were afraid to come near the Romans coming at them in large numbers. 524 However, they outsailed the rafts and sometimes drew near them to throw stones at the Romans from the distance, or struck at them from close range, 525 but in both cases they suffered more harm themselves. The stones they threw at the Romans only made a rattling sound, striking men on their armour, while the Roman spears could reach the Jews themselves, and when they ventured near the Romans, they died before they could do them any harm, and were sunk with their ships. 526 Many of those who tried to come to close quarters were run through, as the Romans jumped into their ships, sword in hand, and killed them, or if they were caught between the rafts both the ships and the men were captured. 527 Any who had fallen into the lake, if they lifted their heads, were either killed by spears, or caught by the rafts, and if, in desperation, they tried to swim towards the enemy, the Romans cut off either their heads or their hands. 528 Many and various were the ways they died, until the others who fled were forced back to the land, with their boats surrounded. 529 Many of them were pushed back as they came ashore, or killed with spears within the lake, and the Romans jumped from their boats to kill many more on the shore, until the whole lake was bloody and full of corpses and none of them escaped. 530 Afterwards the district reeked for days with a terrible stench and the shores were littered with shipwrecks and swollen corpses, and as they heated in the sun and putrefied, they fouled the air in a way disgusting not only to the Jews, but to those who hated them and had caused it all. 531 This was the upshot of the sea-battle, whose victims, including those earlier killed in the city, were six thousand, seven hundred.

= = =

[532] Οὐεσπασιανὸς δὲ μετὰ τὴν μάχην καθίζει μὲν ἐπὶ βήματος ἐν Ταριχέαις, διακρίνων δ' ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπιχωρίων τὸν ἔπηλυν λεώ, κατάρξαι γὰρ οὗτος ἐδόκει πολέμου, μετὰ τῶν ἡγεμόνων εἰ χρὴ καὶ τούτους σώζειν ἐσκέπτετο. [533] Φαμένων δὲ τούτων βλαβερὰν ἔσεσθαι τὴν ἄφεσιν αὐτῶν, οὐ γὰρ ἠρεμήσειν ἀπολυθέντας ἀνθρώπους ἐστερημένους μὲν τῶν πατρίδων, βιάζεσθαι δὲ καὶ πρὸς οὓς ἂν καταφύγωσιν πολεμεῖν δυναμένους, [534] Οὐεσπασιανὸς ὡς μὲν οὔτ' ἄξιοι σωτηρίας εἶεν καὶ διαφεύξονται κατὰ τῶν ἀφέντων ἐγίνωσκεν, τὸν δὲ τρόπον αὐτῶν τῆς ἀναιρέσεως διενοεῖτο. [535] Καὶ γὰρ αὐτόθι κτείνων ἐκπολεμώσειν ὑφωρᾶτο τοὺς ἐπιχωρίους, οὐ γὰρ ἀνέξεσθαι φονευομένων ἱκετῶν τοσούτων παρ' αὐτοῖς, καὶ μετὰ πίστεις ἐπιθέσθαι προελθοῦσιν οὐχ ὑπέμενεν. [536] Ἐξενίκων δ' οἱ φίλοι μηδὲν κατὰ Ἰουδαίων ἀσεβὲς εἶναι λέγοντες καὶ χρῆναι τὸ συμφέρον αἱρεῖσθαι πρὸ τοῦ πρέποντος, ὅταν ᾖ μὴ δυνατὸν ἄμφω. [537] Κατανεύσας οὖν αὐτοῖς ἄδειαν ἀμφίβολον ἐπέτρεψεν ἐξιέναι διὰ μόνης τῆς ἐπὶ Τιβεριάδα φερούσης ὁδοῦ. [538] Τῶν δὲ ταχέως πιστευσάντων οἷς ἤθελον καὶ μετὰ φανερῶν ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ τῶν χρημάτων ᾗπερ ἐπετράπη χωρούντων, διαλαμβάνουσιν μὲν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τὴν μέχρι Τιβεριάδος πᾶσαν, ὡς μή τις ἀποκλίνειεν, συγκλείουσι δ' αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν πόλιν. [539] Καὶ Οὐεσπασιανὸς ἐπελθὼν ἵστησι πάντας ἐν τῷ σταδίῳ, καὶ γηραιοὺς μὲν ἅμα τοῖς ἀχρήστοις διακοσίους ἐπὶ χιλίοις ὄντας ἀνελεῖν ἐκέλευσεν, [540] τῶν δὲ νέων ἐπιλέξας τοὺς ἰσχυροτάτους ἑξακισχιλίους ἔπεμψεν εἰς τὸν ἰσθμὸν Νέρωνι, καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν πλῆθος εἰς τρισμυρίους καὶ τετρακοσίους ὄντας πιπράσκει χωρὶς τῶν Ἀγρίππᾳ χαρισθέντων: [541] τοὺς γὰρ ἐκ τῆς τούτου βασιλείας ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτῷ ποιεῖν εἴ τι βούλοιτο: πιπράσκει δὲ καὶ τούτους ὁ βασιλεύς. [542] Ὁ μέντοι γε ἄλλος ὄχλος Τραχωνῖται καὶ Γαυλανῖται καὶ Ἱππηνοὶ καὶ ἐκ τῆς Γαδαρίτιδος τὸ πλέον ὡς στασιασταὶ καὶ φυγάδες καὶ οἷς τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης ὀνείδη τὸν πόλεμον προυξένει ἑάΛωσαν δὲ Γορπιαίου μηνὸς ὀγδό

10.

532 After the battle, Vespasian sat upon his tribunal at Tarichea, to separate the foreigners from the natives, for the foreigners seemed to have begun the war. He deliberated with the other officers, whether or not to spare the natives. 533 When they held that letting them go would be to his disadvantage, for if set free they would not be at peace, as they would be homeless and could get those to whom they fled to join the enemy, 534 Vespasian admitted that they should not be spared since they would use their freedom it against those who gave it to them, but he pondered on how to do away with them. 535 He suspected that if he had them killed on the spot, the people of the area would thereby become his enemies, embittered that so many who had appealed to him should be violently killed, after he had assured them of their lives. 536 His friends won him over with the claim that nothing he did against Jews could be wrong, and that anyway he should do what was useful rather than what was right, if both could not be combined. 537 So he gave them an ambiguous permission to do as they advised and to let the prisoners go by no other road than that leading to Tiberias. 538 These believed that their petition was granted and felt secure in going with their property, in the direction allowed to them, but the Romans blocked the road to Tiberias, so that nobody could leave, and shut within the city. 539 Then Vespasian arrived and put them all in the stadium and had the old men killed, with all who were of no use, a thousand, two hundred in number. 540 He chose six thousand of the strongest young men and sent them to Nero, to dig through the Isthmus, and sold the rest as slaves, thirty thousand, four hundred of them, besides those he gave to Agrippa, 541 for he let him do as he pleased with those who belonged to his kingdom, and the king sold them as slaves. 542 The rest of the mob, who were from Trachonitis and Gaulanitis and Hippos and some from Gadara, most of them rebels and fugitives, villains who preferred war to peace were taken as slaves on the eighth day of the month Gorpiaeus.

The War... Book 3.

From Vespasian's arrival, to the fall of Tarichea

Chapter 01. [001-008] Vespasian is sent by Nero to Judea, to quell the rebellion

= = =

= = =

Chapter 02. [009-034]Slaughter about Ascalon. Vespasian comes to Ptolemais.

= = =

= = =

= = =

Chapter 03. [035-058]Description of the Land of Israel: Galilee, Samaria and Judea

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

Chapter 04. [059-069]Josephus fails at Sepphoris. Titus comes with to Ptolemais

= = =

Chapter 05. [070-109]Logistics and discipline of the Roman Army

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

Chapter 06. [110-131]Placidus fails to take Jotapata. Vespasian's march into Galilee

= = =

= = =

Chapter 07. [132-339]Vespasian marches on Jotapata, and after a long siege captures it

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

Chapter 08. [340-408]Josephus surrenders to the Romans. His prediction about Vespasian, and his subsequent treatment

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

Chapter 09. [409-461]Roman Garrisons in Joppa and Tiberias. Winter-quarters in Caesarea & Scythopolis

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

= = =

Chapter 01. [001-008]
Vespasian is sent by Nero to Judea, to quell the rebellion

Chapter 02. [009-034]
Slaughter about Ascalon. Vespasian comes to Ptolemais.

Chapter 03. [035-058]
Description of the Land of Israel: Galilee, Samaria and Judea

Chapter 04. [059-069]
Josephus fails at Sepphoris. Titus comes with to Ptolemais

Chapter 05. [070-109]
Logistics and discipline of the Roman Army

Chapter 06. [110-131]
Placidus fails to take Jotapata. Vespasian's march into Galilee

Chapter 07. [132-339]
Vespasian marches on Jotapata, and after a long siege captures it

Chapter 08. [340-408]
Josephus surrenders to the Romans. His prediction about Vespasian, and his subsequent treatment

Chapter 09. [409-461]
Roman Garrisons in Joppa and Tiberias. Winter-quarters in Caesarea & Scythopolis

Chapter 10. [462-542]
Vespasian captures Tarichea. The river Jordan and the Gennesareth region. Titus' speech to his troops